[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2017049444A1 - Port matching method and apparatus - Google Patents

Port matching method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017049444A1
WO2017049444A1 PCT/CN2015/090198 CN2015090198W WO2017049444A1 WO 2017049444 A1 WO2017049444 A1 WO 2017049444A1 CN 2015090198 W CN2015090198 W CN 2015090198W WO 2017049444 A1 WO2017049444 A1 WO 2017049444A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tee
hee
scan
optical
wavelength
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2015/090198
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
周谞
邓宁
王娟
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2015/090198 priority Critical patent/WO2017049444A1/en
Priority to CN201580083064.5A priority patent/CN108028715B/en
Priority to CN201910414747.4A priority patent/CN110224781B/en
Publication of WO2017049444A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017049444A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04JMULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
    • H04J14/00Optical multiplex systems
    • H04J14/02Wavelength-division multiplex systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of optical communication technologies, and in particular, to a port matching method and apparatus.
  • Wavelength Division Multiplexing WDM
  • the metropolitan wavelength division multiplexing system has unique requirements in terms of network structure, networking cost and transmission technology.
  • transceivers of different wavelengths are concentrated in the central office, which is called Head End (English: Head End, referred to as HE).
  • the other end of the metropolitan wavelength division multiplexing system is distributed at each end (English: Tail end, referred to as: TE) node.
  • the up and down waves of the respective wavelength signals are completed at the tail end by various wavelength division multiplexing devices.
  • each tail device (English: TE Equipment, referred to as TEE) is allocated to different wavelengths for information transmission. If the TEE adopts the traditional fixed wavelength optical transceiver module, it will increase the operator's installation, operation and maintenance and stocking costs. Therefore, for cost and ease of maintenance considerations, operators need TEE to be a normalized, plug-and-play colorless optical module.
  • wavelength tunable lasers have become one of the main choices for their excellent performance.
  • the wavelength locking device and associated control circuitry in each wavelength tunable laser can be removed. This not only reduces the hardware cost of the wavelength tunable laser, but also reduces the adjustment, calibration and test costs in the production process to meet the needs of low-cost metro wavelength division multiplexing systems.
  • the TEE When a TEE with wavelength tuning capability is connected to a tail port in a metro wave optical network, how to implement plug and play, the TEE automatically matches the wavelength of the transmitted light to the wavelength channel corresponding to the tail port, and becomes a waiting Research questions.
  • a port automatic matching technical solution provided by the prior art includes: detecting whether an optical signal is received by the TEE. When no optical signal is received, the TEE remains stopped and continuously detects whether light is received. signal. When the optical signal is received, the counter i is set to 1, and the TEE begins wavelength scanning. The TEE first sets the transmission wavelength to the first optical wavelength channel in a series of optical wavelength channels (depending on the number of wavelengths of the WDM system), and transmits the identity information using the new pilot channel while receiving command information from the received optical signal.
  • the head-end device (English: HE Equipment, referred to as HEE) first detects the wavelength information of the newly accessed TEE optical signal on an optical spectrum analyzer (OSA). When multiple new access wavelengths occur, HEE sends a "new access TEE stops transmitting optical signals and waits" command to all TEEs. At this point, all new access TEEs will stop sending optical signals and wait for a random time. When there is only one new access wavelength, the HEE continuously reads the identity information from the new pilot channel. After successfully reading the identity information of the newly accessed TEE, the HEE performs a lookup table, allocates a pilot frequency to the newly accessed TEE, and sends information using the pilot frequency to the new access TEE.
  • OSA optical spectrum analyzer
  • the received pilot frequency is added to the transmitted signal, and the TEE uses the pilot frequency to send the acknowledgement information.
  • HEE reads the pilot information to see if there is a confirmation message. When the confirmation message is found, the matching process ends. Otherwise, the HEE continuously transmits information using the pilot frequency to the new access TEE and reads the pilot information.
  • the counter automatically increments by 1, and sets the transmission wavelength to the second optical wavelength channel, and continues the above scanning step until the correct identity information is received.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a port matching method and device, which are used to solve the technical problem that the port matching in the prior art is easy to fail or the matching time is too long.
  • a first aspect of the present invention provides a port matching method, including:
  • the head end device HEE sends the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter to the n tail device TEEs respectively.
  • the first scan frequency, the first pilot frequency includes a first pilot frequency, and the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE is different from each other;
  • the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan Range; n is a positive integer;
  • the HEE receives a first scan optical signal that is sent by each of the n TEEs by using the first scan parameter, where the first scan optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the Information of the first pilot frequency of each TEE; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n;
  • a stop scan command is sent to the first TEE.
  • the determining, by the HEE, whether the wavelength of the transmitting light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel, according to the first scanning optical signal includes:
  • the HEE processes the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal
  • the method when the first TEE is present, sending a stop scan to the first TEE Before the command, the method further includes:
  • the HEE sends a second scan parameter to the first TEE, wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step And/or the second scan range is smaller than the first scan range;
  • the HEE receives a second scan optical signal sent by the first TEE with the second scan parameter
  • the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal has an amplitude at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. To the maximum.
  • the HEE determines that the first TEE scans within the second scan range, The amplitude of the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal reaches a maximum at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE, including:
  • the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE.
  • the HEE Determining, by the HEE, that the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE when the first TEE performs a second scanning in the second scanning range.
  • the method further includes:
  • the HEE obtains a third electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device
  • the HEE acquires the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE;
  • the HEE determines wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal
  • the HEE transmits the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE to enable the first TEE to adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the HEE Determining, by the HEE, a target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and is smaller than the first TEE The difference between the minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink loss, and the HEE received optical power detection error;
  • the HEE sends the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.
  • the head end device HEE sends the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n tail end devices TEE, respectively, including:
  • the HEE sends a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n TEEs through the control information channel CIC.
  • the first pilot parameter is sent to the n TEEs by the HEE through the control information channel CIC, Before the first scan parameter and the start of the scan command, the method further includes:
  • the HEE uses a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to amplitude modulate the intensity of the traffic data optical signal to generate the CIC.
  • the method also includes:
  • the HEE Transmitting, by the HEE, the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE to the n TEEs, respectively, to enable the n TEEs to be based on the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmission of the HEE
  • the optical power range determines its own initial transmitted optical power.
  • the method when the first TEE is present, before the sending the stop scan command to the first TEE, the method further includes:
  • the HEE Determining, by the HEE, that the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE when the first TEE scans in the first scanning range The amplitude reaches the maximum.
  • the HEE determines, when the first TEE scans in the first scanning range, The amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches a maximum value, including:
  • the HEE Determining, by the HEE, that after the first TEE completes one scan in the first scan range, the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scan optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE Maximum amplitude;
  • the method further includes:
  • the HEE obtains a fourth electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the first scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device
  • the HEE acquires the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE;
  • the HEE determines wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal
  • the HEE transmits the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE to enable the first TEE to adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.
  • the method further include:
  • Link loss difference between the HEE received optical power detection error;
  • the HEE sends the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the HEE sends a target wavelength to the n TEEs respectively; wherein the target wavelength is a wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, and the target wavelengths corresponding to each TEE are different from each other;
  • the HEE receives the respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used to indicate the n -m TEEs have a wavelength lock function;
  • the HEE sends a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the HEE obtains a first reported electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal of the wavelength calibration device
  • the HEE performs photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal
  • the HEE sends the wavelength deviation information to a corresponding TEE, respectively, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information.
  • the method in conjunction with any one of the thirteenth possible implementation of the first aspect or the fourteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fifteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, the method also includes:
  • the HEE acquires optical power of the reported optical signal
  • a target received optical power Determining, by the HEE, a target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a service number The difference between the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission and the equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and the difference between the minimum transmission optical power and the maximum uplink loss in the n-m TEEs, and the detection error of the HEE receiving optical power;
  • the HEE sends the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs respectively, so that the n-m TEEs adjust the transmit optical power according to the corresponding power adjustment information.
  • the pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the method further includes:
  • the HEE sends a second pilot parameter and a normal service transmission command to the n-m TEEs, where the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the The first pilot modulation depth.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the method further includes:
  • the HEE sends a second pilot parameter and a normal service transmission command to the first TEE; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is smaller than the first pilot Frequency modulation depth.
  • the method further includes:
  • the HEE receives a transmission request sent by a second TEE of the n TEEs; the transmission request is used to request to report information from the reporting information channel RMC;
  • the HEE sends an acknowledgement message to the second TEE to instruct the second TEE to report information through the RMC.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides a port matching method, including:
  • the tail device TEE receives the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter sent by the head device HEE; wherein the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first a scan range;
  • the TEE When the TEE receives the start scan command sent by the HEE, and the TEE is a TEE without a wavelength lock function, the first scan is started according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter.
  • the TEE When receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops the wavelength scanning and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.
  • the method further includes:
  • the TEE continuously detects whether a second scan parameter sent by the HEE is received while transmitting a scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter; wherein
  • the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range;
  • the TEE starts to send a second scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the second scan parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the TEE tunes its own transmission wavelength to the target wavelength
  • the TEE sends a report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency when receiving the start scan command sent by the HEE; wherein the reported optical signal is used to indicate that the TEE has a wavelength lock Functional TEE;
  • the TEE stops transmitting the reported optical signal and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.
  • the method further includes:
  • the TEE After receiving the wavelength deviation information or power adjustment information sent by the HEE, the TEE Adjusting the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjusting the transmit optical power of the TEE according to the power adjustment information.
  • the method Before the start of the scan command sent by the HEE, the method further includes:
  • the TEE determines an initial transmit optical power of the TEE according to the initial power adjustment information.
  • the initial power adjustment information is a transmit optical power of the HEE, and the TEE is based on the initial power
  • the adjustment information determines the initial transmitted optical power of the TEE, including:
  • the TEE determines that the initial transmitted optical power is a value that is not less than a sum of a minimum optical power, a link loss, and a power margin of the scanning optical signal of the TEE reaching the HEE.
  • the initial power adjustment information is a transmit optical power range of the HEE, and the TEE is based on the initial The power adjustment information determines an initial transmit optical power of the TEE, including:
  • the TEE determines that any of the transmit optical powers within the transmit optical power range of the HEE is the initial transmit optical power.
  • the method also includes:
  • the TEE sends a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC;
  • the TEE After receiving the acknowledgement information sent by the HEE, the TEE sends the report information to the HEE through the RMC.
  • the method also includes:
  • the TEE sends the report information to the HEE by reporting the information channel RMC.
  • the method further includes:
  • the TEE uses a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to amplitude modulate the intensity of the traffic data optical signal to generate the RMC.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the method further includes:
  • the TEE After receiving the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command sent by the HEE, the TEE starts to send a normal service optical signal and continuously generates a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter;
  • the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot modulation depth, the second pilot modulation depth being less than the first pilot modulation depth.
  • the method further includes:
  • the TEE performs parameter configuration on the TEE according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter;
  • the TEE When the TEE receives the shutdown command sent by the HEE, the parameter configuration process is stopped and the previous configuration is cleared.
  • the method further includes:
  • the TEE stops transmitting the first scanning optical signal and receives new tuning information sent by the HEE and new Start scanning command and send new scanning light according to the new tuning information Signaling to the HEE;
  • the tuning information includes a pilot parameter and a scan parameter;
  • the abnormal command includes any one or any combination of a target wavelength, a pilot parameter, a power initialization command, and a start scan command.
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides a head end device HEE, including:
  • An optical transmitter configured to separately send a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n tail end devices TEE;
  • the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and each TEE corresponds to a first One pilot frequency is different from each other;
  • the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range;
  • n is a positive integer;
  • a wavelength locking unit configured to receive a first scanning optical signal that is sent by each of the n TEEs by the first scanning parameter, where the first scanning optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs
  • the information includes a first pilot frequency of each of the TEEs; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n; and determining, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether a transmitting optical wavelength of the first TEE matches a target wavelength channel;
  • a controller configured to, when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send a stop scan command to the first TEE.
  • the wavelength locking unit includes a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit
  • the first photoelectric conversion device is configured to process the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal
  • the processing circuit is configured to determine whether an amplitude value of the first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when an amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold And indicating that the transmitting light wavelength of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, and the TEE corresponding to the first pilot frequency whose amplitude value exceeds the preset value is the first TEE.
  • the control unit is further configured to: when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send to the first TEE before controlling the optical transmitter to send a stop scan command to the first TEE Sending a second scan parameter, wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step, and/or the second scan The range is smaller than the first scanning range;
  • the first photoelectric conversion device is further configured to receive a second scan light signal sent by the first TEE by the second scan parameter;
  • the processing circuit is further configured to: when the first TEE is scanned in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE The amplitude is at its maximum.
  • the processing circuit is configured to:
  • the second electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the second scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device is in the first TEE a maximum amplitude at a corresponding first pilot frequency; and determining that the second TEE is performed by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE performs a second scan within the second scan range
  • the amplitude of the second electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value.
  • the wavelength locking unit further includes a wavelength calibration device and a second photoelectric conversion device,
  • the second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a third electrical signal
  • the processing circuit is further configured to: acquire the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE a signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.
  • the processing circuit is further configured to: acquire the second corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value And scanning the optical power of the optical signal; determining the target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and a minimum transmission light smaller than the first TEE a difference between power and maximum uplink loss, the HEE received optical power detection error; determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.
  • the optical transmitter transmits a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n TEEs through the control information channel CIC.
  • the HEE further includes a modulation driver for using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to the service data light The intensity of the signal is amplitude modulated to generate the CIC.
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE to the n TEEs; so that the n TEEs can be based on the HEE
  • the transmitted optical power or the transmitted optical power range of the HEE determines its own initial transmitted optical power.
  • the wavelength locking unit further includes a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit
  • the processing circuit is configured to determine a first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE scans within the first scanning range The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches a maximum value.
  • the processing circuit is configured to: after the first TEE completes one scan in the first scan range, perform photoelectric conversion on the first scan optical signal by using the first photoelectric conversion device. a maximum amplitude of the obtained first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; and determining that the first TEE performs a second scan within the first scanning range, A first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by a photoelectric conversion device reaches an amplitude at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE.
  • the wavelength locking unit further includes a wavelength calibration device And a second photoelectric conversion device,
  • the second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion after the first scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration device to obtain a fourth electrical signal
  • the processing unit is further configured to: acquire the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE a signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.
  • the processing circuit is further configured to: obtain The optical power of the first scanning optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; determining the target receiving optical power; wherein the target receiving optical power is greater than the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data a sum of equivalent transmission power costs of the transmission link, a difference between a minimum transmission optical power of the first TEE and a maximum uplink loss, and a detection error of the HEE received optical power; receiving light according to the optical power and the target The difference in power determines power adjustment information;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send a target wave to the n TEEs Long; wherein, the target wavelength is a wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, and the target wavelengths corresponding to each TEE are different from each other;
  • the wavelength locking unit is configured to receive respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used for Instructing the n-m TEEs to have a wavelength locking function;
  • the controller is further configured to control the optical transmitter to send a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal.
  • the wavelength The locking unit includes a wavelength calibration tool, a first photoelectric conversion device, a second photoelectric conversion device, and a processing circuit.
  • the second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a first reported electrical signal
  • the first photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal
  • the processing circuit is configured to determine wavelength deviation information according to the first reporting electrical signal and the second reporting electrical signal;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the wavelength deviation information to a corresponding TEE, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information. .
  • the wavelength locking unit is further used Obtaining an optical power of the reported optical signal; determining a target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and less than the n-m
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs, so that the n-m TEEs are adjusted according to the corresponding power adjustment information Send optical power.
  • the pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver to separately send a second pilot parameter and a normal service sending command to the n-m TEEs;
  • the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver to send a second pilot parameter and a normal service sending command to the first TEE;
  • the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.
  • the HEE further includes an optical receiver, configured to receive a transmission request sent by a second one of the n TEEs, where the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send an acknowledgement message to the second TEE, to indicate that the second TEE reports information by using the RMC.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention provides a tail end device TEE, including:
  • An optical receiver configured to receive a first pilot parameter and a first scan parameter sent by the head end device HEE; wherein the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency; and the first scan parameter includes a first scan step And the first scan range;
  • An optical transmitter configured to: when receiving the start scan command sent by the HEE, and the TEE is a TEE having no wavelength locking function, according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter The number begins to send a first scan light signal to the HEE;
  • a controller configured to control the optical transceiver to stop wavelength scanning when receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, and keep the current wavelength unchanged.
  • the controller is further configured to: when the optical transmitter sends a scanning optical signal to the HEE, by using the optical receiver Continuously detecting whether the second scan parameter of the HEE transmission is received; wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; and the second scan parameter and the first scan parameter are not Simultaneously, controlling, by the first pilot frequency and the second scanning parameter, the optical transmitter to send a second scanning optical signal to the HEE.
  • the optical receiver is further configured to: receive a target wavelength of the HEE transmission;
  • the controller is configured to control the optical transmitter to tune a transmission wavelength of the optical transmitter to the target wavelength
  • the controller is further configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, send, by the optical transmitter, a report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency; wherein the report light The signal is used to indicate that the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength locking function; when receiving the stop scanning command sent by the HEE, the optical transmitter is controlled to stop transmitting the reported optical signal and keep the current wavelength unchanged.
  • the controller is further used to After receiving the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjusting the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjusting the transmission optical power of the optical transmitter according to the power adjustment information.
  • the optical receiver is further configured to: receive the start scan command before receiving the HEE transmission Initial power adjustment information sent by the HEE;
  • the controller is further configured to: determine an initial transmit optical power of the optical transmitter according to the initial power adjustment information.
  • the initial power adjustment information is a transmit optical power of the HEE
  • the controller is configured to: Determining a link loss of the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE; determining that the initial transmit optical power is not less than a minimum optical power, a link loss, and a power of the scan optical signal of the TEE reaching the HEE The value of the sum of the three balances.
  • the initial power adjustment information is a transmit optical power range of the HEE
  • the controller is configured to: The TEE determines that any of the transmit optical powers within the transmit optical power range of the HEE is the initial transmit optical power.
  • the controller is further configured to: send, by the optical transmitter, a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC; and after receiving the confirmation information sent by the HEE, The RMC sends the report information to the HEE.
  • the controller is further configured to: send the report information to the HEE by reporting the information channel RMC.
  • the TEE further includes a modulation driver for use A low frequency, low modulation depth signal amplitude modulates the intensity of the traffic data optical signal to generate the RMC.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the controller is further configured to: when receiving the location After the second pilot parameter sent by the HEE and the normal service sending command, the optical transmitter is controlled to start transmitting a normal service optical signal and continuously generate a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter; wherein, the second The pilot parameters include a second pilot modulation depth, the second pilot modulation depth being less than the first pilot modulation depth.
  • the controller is further configured to perform parameter configuration on the optical transmitter according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter; and stop when the optical receiver receives the shutdown command sent by the HEE The parameter configuration process clears the previous configuration.
  • the optical receiver is further configured to: in the process of stopping the wavelength scanning, when receiving the abnormal command sent by the HEE, the controller controls the optical transmitter to stop transmitting the first scanning optical signal And controlling the optical receiver to receive new tuning information sent by the HEE and a new start scan command; the optical transmitter is further configured to: send a new scan optical signal to the new tuning information according to the new tuner information HEE; the tuning information includes a pilot parameter and a scan parameter; the abnormal command includes any one or any combination of a target wavelength, a pilot parameter, a power initialization command, and a start scan command.
  • the HEE allocates a first pilot frequency different from each other for each TEE, and multiple TEEs can simultaneously transmit the first scanning optical signal to the HEE based on the first pilot frequency of the TEE, and the HEE can A plurality of TEEs are simultaneously judged based on the first pilot frequency of each TEE to match the target wavelength channel. Therefore, the method in the embodiment of the present invention can support parallel channel matching of multiple TEEs, the matching success rate is high, and the matching speed is fast.
  • FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a WDM optical network according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a port matching method on a HEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for port matching on a TEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of another method for port matching on a TEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic implementation flowchart of port matching on the HEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic implementation flowchart of port matching on a TEE side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a working state relationship of an HEE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram of a working state relationship of a TEE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram of a port matching apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram of another port matching apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of a wavelength locking unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a structural block diagram of a TEE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a port matching method and device, which are used to solve the technical problem that the port matching in the prior art is easy to fail or the matching time is too long.
  • the HEE allocates a different first pilot frequency for each TEE, and multiple TEEs can simultaneously transmit the first scanning optical signal to the HEE based on its own first pilot frequency, and the HEE can be based on the first of each TEE.
  • the pilot frequency simultaneously determines whether multiple TEEs match the target wavelength channel. Therefore, the method in the embodiment of the present invention can support parallel channel matching of multiple TEEs, the matching success rate is high, and the matching speed is fast.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a WDM optical network according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the optical network includes HEE, transmission links, TEE, and power splitters.
  • HEE includes n modulation drivers (English: Modulation Driver, MD for short), n optical transceivers with different wavelengths, optical multiplexers (English: Optical Multiplexer, OM for short), optical demultiplexers (English: Optical Demultiplexer) , referred to as: OD), controller and wavelength locking unit (English: Wavelength locking unit, referred to as: WLU).
  • n is a positive integer.
  • each optical transceiver can include an optical transmitter and an optical receiver that are physically separate or integrated with each other.
  • the output of the MD is connected to the optical transmitter of the optical transceiver.
  • the first input of the MD is for receiving a service data optical signal.
  • the second input of the MD is connected to the controller.
  • the n optical transceivers are in one-to-one correspondence with the n head-end ports, and the n optical transceivers are connected to the OM/OD.
  • the OD is used to demultiplex the uplink wavelength division multiplexed signals and transmit them to the corresponding optical transceivers.
  • the OM is used to wavelength division multiplex the n optical signals output by the n optical transceivers to form a downlink wavelength division multiplexed signal.
  • the number of TEEs is n, and each TEE has a one-to-one correspondence with one tail port.
  • n TEEs are in one-to-one correspondence with n optical transceivers, so HEE can communicate with n TEEs through n optical transceivers, respectively.
  • controller and the WLU can be physically separate or integrated.
  • controller and the n MDs may be physically independent of each other or may be integrated.
  • the power splitter can be part of the HEE or part of the transmission link. Power splitter The two outputs are connected to WLU, OM/OD, respectively. One end of the connection with the OM/OD is bidirectional, and the end connected to the WLU is unidirectional, from the splitter to the WLU.
  • the transmission link can be a plurality of network topologies such as a ring, a chain, and a tree.
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a port matching method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method shown in FIG. 2 is applied to the HEE as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 11 The HEE sends the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n TEEs respectively.
  • the first pilot parameter includes the first pilot frequency, and the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE is different from each other.
  • the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range;
  • Step 12 The HEE receives a first scan optical signal that is sent by each of the m TEEs of the n TEEs with the first scan parameter, where the first scan optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the first guide of each TEE.
  • Frequency frequency information m is a positive integer less than or equal to n;
  • Step 13 The HEE determines, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether the wavelength of the transmitting light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel;
  • Step 14 When the first TEE is present, a stop scan command is sent to the first TEE.
  • the HEE further sends the target wavelength to the n TEEs respectively; wherein the target wavelength is the wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, and the target wavelength corresponding to each TEE is not the same.
  • the processing flow on the TEE side is different according to whether the TEE has the wavelength locking capability.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for port matching on the TEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 21 The TEE receives the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter sent by the HEE, where the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, where the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range.
  • Step 22 Upon receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, start transmitting the first scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter;
  • Step 23 When receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops the wavelength scanning and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.
  • the processing method shown in FIG. 4 can also be adopted, and the method includes:
  • Step 31 The TEE receives the target wavelength, the first pilot parameter, and the first scan parameter sent by the HEE.
  • the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency.
  • the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan. range;
  • Step 32 The TEE tunes its own transmission wavelength to the target wavelength
  • Step 33 The TEE sends a report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission; wherein, the reported optical signal is used to indicate that the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength locking function;
  • Step 34 When receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops transmitting the report optical signal and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.
  • all of the n TEEs may not have a wavelength locking function, and all may have a wavelength locking function, and may partially have a wavelength locking function.
  • a TEE having a wavelength locking function can perform the method as shown in FIG.
  • the HEE may sequentially transmit the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command.
  • the first pilot parameter may further include a first pilot modulation depth.
  • the HEE also sends the target wavelength, and the target wavelength corresponding to each TEE is different.
  • the HEE transmits the above tuning information through a control information channel (CIC).
  • CIC control information channel
  • the CIC may be specifically generated by HEE using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to amplitude modulate the intensity of the traffic data optical signal.
  • the low frequency may refer to a frequency having a frequency less than 50 MHz, and the modulation depth less than 50% may be considered as a low modulation depth.
  • the signal may be, but is not limited to, a non-return to zero code signal, a sine wave signal.
  • the CIC may be generated by controlling each MD by a control unit as shown in FIG. 1, and the tuning information corresponding to each TEE is carried on the CIC and transmitted through an optical transceiver corresponding to each TEE. Give the corresponding TEE.
  • the target wavelength of TEE1 is ⁇ 1, and the corresponding first pilot frequency is f1.
  • the target wavelength of TEE2 is ⁇ 2, and the corresponding first pilot frequency is f2.
  • the scan parameters corresponding to different TEEs may be the same.
  • step 21 or step 31 is performed on the TEE side. It should be noted that if the HEE is various tuning information transmitted by the CIC described above, on the TEE side, the data traffic signal can be filtered out by using a filter, and the tuning information can be obtained.
  • the TEE performs parameter configuration on the TEE according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter. Specifically, for example, the scanning parameters of the optical transmitter of the TEE are configured according to the first scanning parameter.
  • the TEE receives the shutdown command sent by HEE, it stops the parameter configuration process and clears the previous configuration. You can go back to step 21 again.
  • step 22 is performed to start transmitting the first scanning optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scanning parameter.
  • the method includes: adjusting each parameter of the optical transmitter according to the first pilot parameter and the first scanning parameter, and then transmitting the first scanning optical signal to the HEE. That is, the wavelength scan is started.
  • the TEE can start scanning from the smallest wavelength in the first scan range and then gradually increase in the first scan step.
  • the first scan optical signal includes information of a first pilot frequency of the corresponding TEE, and the information of the first pilot frequency is used by the HEE to distinguish each TEE.
  • the HEE After the TEE side sends the first scanning optical signal in step 22, correspondingly, on the HEE side, the HEE performs step 12, that is, receives the first scanning optical signal that the m TEEs of the n TEEs respectively transmit with the first scanning parameter.
  • m TEEs are TEEs without wavelength locking function, and may also include TEE for wavelength lock function.
  • the receiving in step 12 may be received by the optical receiver, or may be received by the WLU as shown in FIG. 1. That is, the uplink first scanning optical signal directly enters the WLU through the power splitter.
  • the HEE performs step 13 to determine whether the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel based on the first scanned optical signal. Specifically, the HEE processes the first scan optical signal sent by each TEE to obtain a first electrical signal corresponding to each TEE; and the HEE determines that the first electrical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE. Whether the amplitude value exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when the amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold, indicating that the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, and the amplitude value exceeds the first at the preset threshold The TEE corresponding to the pilot frequency is the first TEE.
  • the amplitude is linear with the power of the optical signal. Therefore, if the amplitude is greater than the preset threshold, it indicates that the power is greater than the power threshold, that is, the wavelength of the transmitted light is aligned with the target wavelength channel. If the amplitude is less than the preset threshold, it indicates that the power is less than the power threshold, that is, the wavelength of the transmitted light is not aligned with the target wavelength channel.
  • the preset threshold may be preset.
  • the preset threshold may be a threshold of amplitude or a ratio of amplitude to electrical spectral noise, ie a specific signal to noise ratio.
  • the preset threshold has a value range of, for example, 5-30 dB.
  • the HEE photoelectrically converts the first scanned optical signal to form a first electrical signal. And obtaining a spectrum of the signal by Fourier transforming the first electrical signal, and further knowing whether the amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE exceeds a preset threshold.
  • the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, which is not specifically limited in the present invention.
  • step 13 can be performed by the WLU as in FIG.
  • the number of the first TEE may be one or more.
  • the HEE For the presence of the first TEE, the HEE performs step 14, that is, sends a stop scan to the first TEE. command.
  • the stop scan command may be sent through the aforementioned CIC.
  • step 23 is executed, that is, when the stop scan command of the HEE transmission is received, the wavelength scanning is stopped, and the current wavelength is kept unchanged. It should be noted that when the wavelength scanning is stopped, the wavelength does not change according to the scanning step, that is, remains unchanged at the current wavelength, but the first scanning optical signal can continue to be transmitted at the current wavelength.
  • the port of the first TEE is successfully matched, and the current wavelength is the target wavelength.
  • step 23 the wavelength scanning is stopped, and the current wavelength is kept unchanged.
  • the TEE receives the abnormal command sent by the HEE
  • the TEE stops transmitting the first scanning optical signal and returns to the same.
  • Step 21 and step 22 in other words, the TEE receives the new tuning information sent by the HEE and the new start scan command, and transmits a new scanning optical signal to the HEE according to the new tuning information.
  • the tuning information includes a pilot parameter, a scan parameter, and may further include a target wavelength, a transmission power of the HEE, and a power initialization command.
  • the abnormal command includes any one or any combination of an abnormal target wavelength, a pilot parameter, and a power initialization command start scan command.
  • the HEE allocates a first pilot frequency different from each other for each TEE, and multiple TEEs can simultaneously transmit the first scanning light based on the first pilot frequency of the first TEE.
  • the signal is sent to the HEE, and the HEE can simultaneously determine whether the plurality of TEEs match the target wavelength channel based on the first pilot frequency of each TEE. Therefore, the method in the embodiment of the present invention can support parallel channel matching of multiple TEEs, the matching success rate is high, and the matching speed is fast.
  • the system has a wavelength of 80, a wavelength channel spacing of 50 GHz, a first scanning step of 12.5 GHz, and a first scanning range covering 80 wavelengths.
  • the maximum transmission distance of the system is 80km
  • the transmission tuning information is 64bit
  • the transmission rate of the tuning information is 100kb/s
  • the processing delay of the device is 0.1ms.
  • step 32 is performed to tune its own transmission wavelength to the target wavelength. Because the TEE has a wavelength lock function, the TEE can directly adjust the wavelength. Optionally, the parameters of the optical transmitter of the optical transmitter are also adjusted according to the first pilot parameter.
  • step 33 when the TEE receives the start scan command, step 33 is performed, that is, the report optical signal is sent to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency; wherein the report optical signal is used to indicate that the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength lock function. Because HEE does not know which TEE has a wavelength lock function, the TEE is required to send a report optical signal for indication. Then, for the HEE, the respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs are received, and the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies. In this embodiment, m is smaller than n. Then, after receiving the reported optical signal, the HEE can know which TEE has the wavelength locking function according to the first pilot frequency corresponding to the reported optical signal. The HEE then controls the optical transceiver corresponding to the TEE to send a stop scan command to the TEE with the wavelength lock function.
  • the TEE receives the stop scan command and stops transmitting the reported optical signal and keeps the current wavelength unchanged. In other words, the TEE has been successfully matched.
  • the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE is aligned with the target wavelength channel, but may not be aligned with the center of the target wavelength channel, which easily causes power loss of the transmitted optical signal, so The wavelength of the transmitted light of a TEE is aligned with the center of the target wavelength channel.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the HEE, that the first TEE is within the first scan range. When scanning is performed, the amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal reaches a maximum at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. In other words, when the amplitude reaches the maximum value, step 14 is performed to send a stop scan command to the first TEE.
  • the HEE determines that when the first TEE completes a scan within the first scan range, the first a maximum amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the scan optical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; and HEE determining that the first TEE performs a second scan within the first scan range, the first scan optical signal corresponds to The amplitude of the first electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value.
  • the HEE continuously records the amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanned optical signal sent by the first TEE at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. Finally, the largest value is selected. Of course, this amplitude maximum must be greater than the preset threshold.
  • the first TEE starts the second scanning, the scanning parameters are the same, the transmitted scanning optical signal is the first scanning optical signal, and the HEE continuously monitors the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning signal in the first corresponding to the first TEE.
  • the amplitude at the pilot frequency until reaching the maximum again, sends a stop scan command to the first TEE.
  • the TEE performs step 22.
  • the amplitude reaches a maximum value, indicating that the current wavelength of the first TEE is aligned with the center of the target wavelength channel, so that the port matching is successful.
  • Another possible implementation manner of aligning the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE with the center of the target wavelength channel is as follows: when the result of the determination in step 13 is that the first TEE exists, and before the step 14, the method further includes: The HEE sends a second scan parameter to the first TEE, wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step, and/or the second scan range is smaller than a scanning range; the HEE receives the second scanning optical signal sent by the first TEE with the second scanning parameter; and the HEE determines that the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal is the first when the first TEE scans within the second scanning range.
  • the amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the TEE reaches a maximum.
  • the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal reaches a maximum value at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE, including: HEE determination.
  • the first TEE completes one scan in the second scan range
  • the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal has a maximum amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE;
  • the amplitude of the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal reaches the maximum value at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE.
  • the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal reaches a maximum amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE.
  • the value for example, by comparing with the previous amplitude value, when the amplitude value is changed from small to large, and then from large to small, it can be considered that the maximum value is found, so the second scan can be started without the subsequent scan. A scan is performed until the amplitude maximum is reached.
  • step 22 continuously detecting whether the second scan parameter sent by the HEE is received; when the second scan parameter is different from the first scan parameter, the first TEE is based on the first pilot frequency and The second scan parameter begins to transmit a second scan light signal to the HEE.
  • the principle and process of aligning the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE with the target wavelength channel are similar to those of the foregoing embodiment, and thus are not described herein again.
  • the scanning step can be reduced by a large range without scanning. Therefore, the HEE sends a second scan parameter to the first TEE, and the second scan parameter is smaller than the first scan parameter, so the speed of port matching can be improved.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the HEE, the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information, and transmitting the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information to the first TEE.
  • the first TEE receives the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, and adjusts the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjusts the transmission optical power of the TEE according to the power adjustment information.
  • HEE determine wavelength deviation information or power adjustment information
  • the wavelength deviation information is determined.
  • the method includes the following steps: the HEE obtains a fifth electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the first scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device; the HEE obtains the first electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the first scanning optical signal; and the first electrical signal is obtained by the HEE The fifth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first pilot frequency corresponding to the TEE exceeds the preset threshold; and the HEE determines the wavelength deviation information according to the fifth electrical signal and the first electrical signal.
  • the wavelength calibration tool is an optical device with known filtering characteristics, and the amount of power attenuation at different wavelengths is different.
  • the scanning optical signal passes through the optical splitter and is divided into two parts on average. One part passes through the wavelength calibration tool to generate a specific attenuation amount L1, and the other part does not pass the wavelength calibration tool, so there is no attenuation.
  • the value of L1 can be obtained by subtracting the two signals. When L1 is equal to L, the scanning light signal is at the target wavelength. When L1 and L are not equal, it indicates that the wavelength of the scanning optical signal is deviated.
  • the operation of the wavelength calibrator is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be described in detail.
  • the amplitude of the fifth electrical signal obtained after passing through the wavelength calibration tool at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE and the wavelength calibration tool are not obtained.
  • the amplitude of the first electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE is different, so that the amplitude difference can be obtained.
  • the wavelength deviation value can be known.
  • determining the wavelength deviation information includes the following steps: the HEE obtains the first reported electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the optical signal of the wavelength calibration tool; and the HEE photoelectrically reports the reported optical signal. After the conversion, the second reporting electrical signal is obtained; the HEE determines the wavelength deviation information according to the first reporting electrical signal and the second reporting electrical signal; the HEE sends the wavelength deviation information to the corresponding TEE, respectively, so that the n-m TEEs can be corresponding according to the corresponding The wavelength deviation information adjusts the target wavelength.
  • the specific determination process in this embodiment is similar to the process in the above embodiment except that the optical signals are different.
  • determining the wavelength deviation information includes step Step: HEE obtains a third electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device; and acquiring, by the HEE, the amplitude of the second electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum The third electrical signal and the second electrical signal at the time of the value; the HEE determines the wavelength deviation information based on the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal.
  • the specific determination process in this embodiment is similar to the process in the above embodiment except that the scanning optical signals are different.
  • determining the wavelength deviation information includes the following steps: the HEE obtains the fourth electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the first scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device; a fourth electrical signal and a first electrical signal when an amplitude of the electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value; HEE determines wavelength deviation information based on the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal.
  • the specific determination process in this embodiment is similar to the process in the above embodiment except that the scanning optical signals are different.
  • the method for determining the power adjustment information includes: acquiring, by the HEE, the optical power of the second scan optical signal corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value;
  • the received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, the minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink loss of the first TEE, and the HEE receiving optical power detection.
  • the difference between the errors; the HEE determines the power adjustment information based on the difference between the optical power and the target received optical power.
  • the optical power can be calculated by calculating the amplitude at which the amplitude reaches the maximum value.
  • the amplitude is equal to the product of the conversion factor, the first pilot modulation depth, and the optical power at which the second scanning optical signal reaches WLU.
  • the conversion factor is a preset value.
  • the optical power of the second scanning optical signal of the optical receiver of the optical transceiver corresponding to the first TEE may be used, and the power adjustment information may be calculated according to the target received optical power.
  • the power adjustment value is the difference between the optical power and the target received optical power.
  • determining the power adjustment information includes the step of: acquiring, by the HEE, the first scan optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value The optical power; the HEE determines the target received optical power; wherein, the target received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, and the minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink of the first TEE.
  • determining the power adjustment information includes the steps of: acquiring the optical power of the reported optical signal by the HEE; determining the target received optical power by the HEE; wherein the target received optical power is greater than the receiving of the normal transmission of the service data.
  • the difference between the power and the target received optical power determines power adjustment information; the HEE sends the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs respectively, so that the n-m TEEs are according to respective corresponding
  • the power adjustment information adjusts the transmitted optical power.
  • the method further includes: the HEE sending the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command to the first TEE; wherein the second pilot parameter includes the second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the second A pilot modulation depth is used to reduce the impact of the pilot on normal service optical signals.
  • the method further includes: after receiving the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command sent by the HEE, the TEE starts to send the normal service optical signal and according to the second pilot.
  • the parameters continue to generate the corresponding pilot signal.
  • the method before sending the start scan command, further includes: HEE to n TEE points Do not transmit the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE; so that the n TEEs can determine their initial transmit optical power based on the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE.
  • the HEE further sends a power initialization command to the n TEEs, and the TEE starts to determine its initial transmit optical power according to the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE when receiving the transmit power initialization command.
  • the transmission optical power of the HEE or the transmission optical power range of the HEE may be collectively referred to as initial power adjustment information.
  • the initial power adjustment information may also be other information as long as the TEE can determine its own initial transmitted optical power based on the information.
  • the method further includes: the TEE receiving the initial power adjustment information of the HEE sent by the HEE; and determining, by the TEE, the initial sending of the TEE according to the initial power adjustment information. Optical power.
  • the TEE determines the initial transmission optical power of the TEE according to the transmission optical power and its own received optical power.
  • the TEE estimates the link loss according to the received transmit optical power, where the link loss is the difference between the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE.
  • the initial transmitted optical power of the TEE is a value that is not less than the sum of the minimum optical power of the TEE scanning optical signal reaching the HEE, the link loss, and the power margin reserved for the detection error.
  • the minimum optical power of the TEE scanning optical signal reaching the HEE is a preset value.
  • the TEE determines that any of the transmit optical powers within the transmit optical power range of the HEE is the initial transmit optical power.
  • FIG. 5 is a possible implementation flowchart of the HEE side. Specifically, the method includes:
  • Step 101 The HEE sends the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n TEEs respectively.
  • the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE is different from each other.
  • the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range;
  • Step 102 The HEE receives a first scan optical signal that is sent by the MTEs of the n TEEs by using the first scan parameter, where the first scan optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the Information of the first pilot frequency of each TEE; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n;
  • Step 103 The HEE determines whether there is a first TEE transmission light wavelength matching the target wavelength channel according to the first scanning optical signal; when there is a first TEE, step 104 is performed, when there is no first TEE, return to step 101;
  • Step 104 The HEE sends a second scan parameter to the first TEE, where the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range.
  • Step 105 The HEE receives the second scan optical signal sent by the first TEE with the second scan parameter.
  • Step 106 The HEE determines a maximum amplitude of the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE after the first TEE completes one scan in the second scanning range.
  • Step 107 The HEE receives a second scanning optical signal that is sent when the first TEE starts the second scanning in the second scanning range.
  • Step 108 The HEE determines whether the amplitude of the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal reaches the maximum value at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; when the determination result is yes, step 109 is performed, when determining If the result is no, proceed to step 108;
  • Step 109 The HEE sends a scan stop command to the first TEE; wherein the amplitude reaches a maximum value to indicate that the current wavelength of the first TEE has been tuned to the vicinity of the target wavelength;
  • Step 110 HEE calculates wavelength deviation information and power adjustment information
  • Step 111 The HEE sends the wavelength deviation information and the power adjustment information to the first TEE;
  • Step 112 The HEE determines whether the transmission light wavelength and the transmission optical power of the first TEE have been adjusted. When the adjustment is completed, step 113 is performed, and when the adjustment is not completed, the process returns to step 110;
  • Step 113 The HEE sends a second pilot parameter and a normal service sending command to the first TEE.
  • FIG. 6 is a possible implementation flowchart of the TEE side. Specifically, the method includes:
  • Step 201 The TEE receives the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter sent by the HEE, where the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range.
  • Step 202 The TEE determines whether a start scan command is received; if yes, step 203 is performed; otherwise, step 202 is continued;
  • Step 203 The TEE starts to send the first scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter; and continuously detects whether the second scan parameter is received; wherein the second scan parameter includes the second scan step and the Second scan range;
  • Step 204 The TEE determines whether the second scan parameter is the same as the first scan parameter; when the determination result is no, step 205 is performed, and when the determination result is yes, step 203 is continued;
  • Step 205 Start transmitting a second scanning optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the second scanning parameter
  • Step 206 The TEE determines whether the stop scan command is received; when the judgment result is no, the process proceeds to step 206, and when the determination result is yes, step 207 is performed;
  • Step 207 Stop the wavelength scanning and keep the current wavelength unchanged.
  • Step 208 Receive wavelength deviation information or power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjust the transmit optical power of the TEE according to the power adjustment information.
  • Step 209 The TEE determines whether the second pilot parameter and the normal service transmission command sent by the HEE are received. When the determination result is no, the process proceeds to step 209. When the determination result is yes, the normal service optical signal is started to be sent. The second pilot parameter continues to generate a corresponding pilot signal.
  • Each working state can be defined as follows:
  • the tuning information required for automatic matching of the port for the TEE is cyclically transmitted, including the target wavelength, the pilot parameter, the HEE transmitting optical power, the power initialization, the scanning parameter, and the start scanning command; the HEE continuously detects whether the upstream optical signal has a corresponding TEE.
  • a pilot signal of a pilot frequency hereinafter referred to as a target frequency
  • the HEE is in a pre-locked state. When the HEE detects the optical signal and finds the pilot signal of the target frequency, it enters the S1 state, in which state the HEE continuously detects and records the maximum amplitude at the target pilot frequency;
  • HEE is in the wavelength locked state. When the HEE has found the maximum amplitude, it enters the S2 state, and sends a stop scan command to send a new pilot modulation depth, wavelength deviation information, and power adjustment information to the TEE;
  • HEE is in normal operation.
  • the HEE detects that the wavelength and power of the optical signal sent by the TEE meet the requirements, it enters the S3 state, sends a normal transmission command of the service data, and the HEE completes the port automatic matching process.
  • HEE For abnormal situations, the corresponding operation of HEE is as follows:
  • the HEE When the HEE is in the S1, S2 or S3 state, if the received optical signal disappears or the pilot signal at the target frequency disappears within a certain time, the HEE returns from the respective states to the S0 state.
  • Each working state can be defined as follows:
  • the TEE has just started, the transmitter is turned off, and the transmission is ready. In this state, the TEE continuously receives the tuning information, including the target wavelength, pilot parameters, HEE transmit optical power, power initialization, scan parameters, and configures the transmitter parameters according to the tuning information.
  • the TEE receives all the tuning information to complete the transmission preparation and receives the start scanning command, it enters the S1 state.
  • the TEE is in a wavelength scanning state, in which the TEE performs wavelength scanning according to the scanning parameters.
  • the TEE receives the stop scan command, it enters the S2 state.
  • the TEE is in a scanning stop state. In this state, the TEE is in the vicinity of the target wavelength, and the wavelength deviation information and power adjustment information received by the CIC are used to perform fine adjustment of the wavelength and power. After the TEE receives the normal service transmission command, it enters the S3 state.
  • the TEE is in the normal transmission state, and the TEE still keeps the pilot signal carrying the corresponding target frequency in the uplink signal, and continuously receives the CIC information, and adjusts the relevant transmission parameters.
  • the TEE is in the uplink information transmission state.
  • the transmission request is first sent to the HEE.
  • the TEE enters the S4 state and reports the information channel through the uplink ( RMC) sends an escalation message to the HEE.
  • the TEE operates as follows:
  • the TEE When the TEE is in the S1, S2, S3, or S4 state, if the shutdown command is received, the received optical signal disappears, or the CIC information cannot be successfully received within a certain period of time, the TEE will return to the S0 state from each state.
  • TEE state transition of TEE is mainly triggered by different commands that receive HEE. Therefore, when TEE receives unexpected abnormal CIC information in a certain state, the corresponding operation of TEE is as follows:
  • the TEE When the TEE is in the S0 state, if the abnormal CIC command information such as stop scanning, wavelength deviation information, power adjustment information, or transmission service command is received, the TEE should remain in the S0 state.
  • the abnormal CIC command information such as stop scanning, wavelength deviation information, power adjustment information, or transmission service command
  • the TEE when the TEE is in the S0 state, in the process of configuring the transmitter parameters, and before receiving the start scan command, if a shutdown command is received, the parameter configuration is stopped and the previous configuration is cleared.
  • the TEE When the TEE is in the S1 state, if the abnormal CIC command information such as the target wavelength, the pilot parameters, the HEE transmission optical power, the power initialization, the scan parameters, and the start scan command are received, the reason is that the TEE transmission wavelength has not been scanned to the target wavelength channel. HEE does not detect the pilot of the target frequency, so the HEE is still in the S0 state and continues to transmit the above tuning information. Therefore, the TEE should remain in the S1 state to continue the wavelength scan.
  • the abnormal CIC command information such as the target wavelength, the pilot parameters, the HEE transmission optical power, the power initialization, the scan parameters, and the start scan command
  • the TEE When the TEE is in the S1 state, if the abnormal CIC command information such as the wavelength deviation, the power adjustment information, or the service command is received, there is a risk that the HEE and the TEE process do not match.
  • the TEE should be reset and returned to the S0 state.
  • the TEE state can be reset and returned to The S0 state, or reporting the situation through the uplink RMC, synchronizes the HEE state with the TEE state.
  • the above-mentioned uplink RMC is generated in a similar manner to the downlink CIC, and is generated by amplitude-modulating the intensity of the uplink transmission optical signal with a low-frequency, low-modulation depth signal.
  • the low frequency, low modulation depth signal may be an independent sine wave signal, an independent non-return to zero code signal, a superposition of a plurality of sine wave signals, or a superposition of a sine wave signal and a non-return to zero code signal.
  • the RMC may exist in the port matching process or in the normal service data transmission process.
  • the TEE When the TEE transmits information to the HEE through the RMC, the amplitude of the TEE transmitted optical signal at the target frequency may change. Therefore, before the TEF performs information transmission through the RMC, the TEE needs to first send a transmission request to the HEE, and obtain the transmission of the HEE. After the confirmation is allowed, the TEE starts to upload data through the RMC, thereby eliminating the system risk caused by the HEE malfunction.
  • TEE can also report information to HEE directly through RMC.
  • the information reported by the TEE to the HEE includes information about the TEE, status information of the TEE, and information about the operation and maintenance (OAM).
  • the relevant state information of the TEE includes the TEE state machine state, the transmitted optical power, the received optical power, the operating wavelength (frequency) and the deviation, the downlink CIC channel state, the laser temperature, the laser operating parameters, and the basic information of the optical module.
  • the abnormal report information of the TEE includes a case where the downlink CIC information is lost, an abnormal CIC information command is received, the power adjustment value is abnormal, and the power adjustment accuracy is abnormal.
  • the OAM information includes: 1. Network element related information (such as site information, device information, port information, board information, etc.); 2. Service related information (such as service type, service rate, etc.); 3. Warning and early warning (including equipment) Status warning, service related warning, optical power and frequency, laser related, etc.; 4, TEE upgrade information and software, OAM channel requirements, etc.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for automatically matching a port.
  • the wavelength of the transmitted light can be automatically tuned to the target wavelength channel by the method of the present invention.
  • the pilot signals transmitted by the TEEs are analyzed and processed by the WLU, and the uplink optical signals from different TEEs are distinguished by different pilot frequencies.
  • the wavelength scanning stop position of the TEE is determined by the maximum amplitude at the target pilot, so that multiple TEEs can be simultaneously connected to the network to implement automatic matching of the network port.
  • the HEE can improve the automatic matching speed of the port by controlling the scanning step and the scanning range parameter, and ensure that the TEE scanning stop wavelength is within the normal operating range of the WLU, and the port is successfully matched to achieve wavelength matching.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a port matching apparatus for implementing the method shown in FIG.
  • the port matching apparatus includes: a sending unit 301, configured to separately send a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n TEEs;
  • the pilot parameters include a first pilot frequency, and the first pilot frequencies corresponding to each TEE are different from each other;
  • the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range;
  • n is a positive integer;
  • the receiving unit 302 a first scanning optical signal that is sent by the first one of the n TEEs, wherein the first scanning optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the The information of the first pilot frequency of each TEE;
  • m is a positive integer less than or equal to n;
  • the processing unit 303 is configured to determine, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether there is a transmission light wavelength and a target wavelength channel of the first TEE
  • the matching unit 301 is further configured to send a
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: process the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal; and amplitude of the first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE Whether the value exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when the amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold, indicating that the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, and the amplitude value exceeds the first guide at the preset value
  • the TEE corresponding to the frequency frequency is the first TEE.
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send a second scan parameter to the first TEE, where the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; Less than the first scanning step, and/or the second scanning range is smaller than the first scanning range;
  • the receiving unit 302 is further configured to: receive a second scan optical signal that is sent by the first TEE by using the second scan parameter;
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: when determining that the first TEE scans in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE The amplitude is at its maximum.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: when the first TEE completes one scan in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is in the first TEE Corresponding first amplitude of the first pilot frequency; determining that the first TEE performs a second scan in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value.
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: use the second scan optical signal that passes through the wavelength calibration tool Obtaining a third electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion; acquiring the third electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE and the a second electrical signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal;
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: acquire optical power of the second scanning optical signal corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; determine a target received optical power; wherein the target The received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, and the difference between the minimum transmitted optical power of the first TEE and the maximum uplink loss, and the detection error of the HEE received optical power Determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to separately send the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n TEEs by using the control information channel CIC.
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: generate, by using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal, amplitude modulation of the strength of the service data optical signal to generate the CIC.
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: separately send the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE to the n TEEs, so that the n TEEs can be sent based on the HEE
  • the optical power or the transmitted optical power range of the HEE determines its own initial transmitted optical power.
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: when the first TEE scans in the first scan range, the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scan optical signal corresponds to the first TEE The amplitude at the first pilot frequency reaches a maximum.
  • the processing unit 303 is configured to: after the first TEE completes one scan in the first scan range, the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scan optical signal corresponds to the first TEE a maximum amplitude at a first pilot frequency; determining the first TEE in the first scan When the second scan is performed, the amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value.
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: after the photoelectric conversion of the first scan optical signal that passes through the wavelength calibration tool, obtain a fourth electrical signal; and acquire the first electrical signal corresponding to the first TEE.
  • the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when an amplitude at a pilot frequency reaches the maximum value; determining wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal;
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: acquire optical power of the first scan optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; determine target received optical power; wherein the target The received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, and the difference between the minimum transmitted optical power of the first TEE and the maximum uplink loss, and the detection error of the HEE received optical power Determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: respectively send a target wavelength to the n TEEs; wherein the target wavelength is a wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, the each TEE The corresponding target wavelengths are different from each other;
  • the receiving unit 302 is further configured to: receive respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used for Instructing the n-m TEEs to have a wavelength locking function;
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal.
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: after performing photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal that passes through the wavelength calibration tool, to obtain a first reported electrical signal; and performing photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal; Determining the first reported electrical signal and the second reported electrical signal Long deviation information;
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the wavelength deviation information to the corresponding TEE, respectively, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information.
  • the processing unit 303 is further configured to: acquire optical power of the reported optical signal, and determine a target received optical power, where the target received optical power is greater than a receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power of the transmission link. a sum of the costs, which is smaller than a difference between a minimum transmit optical power and a maximum uplink loss in the n-m TEEs, and a detection error of the HEE received optical power; according to the optical power and the target received optical power The difference determines power adjustment information;
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs respectively, so that the n-m TEEs adjust the transmit optical power according to the corresponding power adjustment information.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command to the n-m TEEs, where The second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send a second pilot parameter and a normal service sending command to the first TEE;
  • the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.
  • the receiving unit 302 is further configured to: receive a transmission request sent by a second TEE of the n TEEs; the transmission request is used to request to report information from the report information channel RMC;
  • the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the acknowledgement information to the second TEE, to indicate that the second TEE reports the information by using the RMC.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a port matching apparatus, which is used to implement The method shown in Figures 3 and 4.
  • the port matching apparatus includes: a receiving unit 401, configured to receive a first pilot parameter and a first scan parameter sent by the head end device HEE; wherein the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency;
  • the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range;
  • the sending unit 402 is configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, and the TEE is a TEE without a wavelength lock function Transmitting, according to the first pilot frequency and the first scanning parameter, a first scanning optical signal to the HEE; and processing unit 403, for stopping the wavelength scanning when receiving the stop scanning command sent by the HEE , keep the current wavelength unchanged.
  • the receiving unit 401 is further configured to: when the sending unit 402 starts sending the scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter, continuously detecting whether the HEE is received a second scan parameter sent; wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range;
  • the sending unit 402 is further configured to: when the second scan parameter is different from the first scan parameter, start sending the second scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the second scan parameter. .
  • the receiving unit 401 is further configured to receive a target wavelength that is sent by the HEE;
  • the processing unit 403 is further configured to: tune a transmission wavelength of the optical transmitter to the target wavelength;
  • the sending unit 402 is further configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, send a report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency; wherein the report optical signal is used to indicate the TEE For a TEE with a wavelength locking function;
  • the processing unit 403 is further configured to: stop receiving the reported optical signal when receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, and keep the current wavelength unchanged.
  • the processing unit 403 is further configured to: after receiving the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjust the according to the power adjustment information.
  • the transmitted optical power of the TEE is further configured to: after receiving the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjust the according to the power adjustment information.
  • the transmitted optical power of the TEE is further configured to: after receiving the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjust the according to the power adjustment information.
  • the receiving unit 401 is further configured to: receive initial power adjustment information sent by the HEE;
  • the processing unit 403 is further configured to: determine, according to the initial power adjustment information, the sending unit 402 Initially transmit optical power.
  • the initial power adjustment information is the transmit optical power of the HEE
  • the processing unit 403 is configured to: determine a link loss according to the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE; and determine the initial transmit light.
  • the power is a value that is not less than the sum of the minimum optical power of the HEE, the link loss, and the power headroom of the scanning optical signal of the TEE.
  • the initial power adjustment information is a range of the transmit optical power of the HEE
  • the processing unit 403 is configured to: determine that any transmit optical power in the transmit optical power range of the HEE is the initial transmit optical power.
  • the sending unit 402 is further configured to: send a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC; and after the receiving unit 401 receives the confirmation information sent by the HEE, The reporting information is sent to the HEE through the RMC.
  • the sending unit 402 is further configured to: send the report information to the HEE by using the report information channel RMC.
  • the processing unit 403 is further configured to: perform amplitude modulation on the strength of the service data optical signal by using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to generate the RMC.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the sending unit 402 is further configured to: when the receiving unit 401 receives the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command sent by the HEE, Generating a normal service optical signal and continuously generating a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot modulation depth, and the second pilot modulation depth is less than The first pilot modulation depth.
  • the processing unit 403 before the receiving unit 401 receives the start scan command sent by the HEE, the processing unit 403 is further configured to perform parameter configuration on the TEE according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter; Upon receiving the shutdown command sent by the HEE, the processing unit 403 stops the parameter configuration process and clears the previous configuration.
  • the sending unit 402 stops transmitting the first scanning optical signal, and the receiving unit 401 receives the new tuning information sent by the HEE and the new Scan start command, the sending unit 402 follows the new tone
  • the harmonic information transmits a new scan optical signal to the HEE; wherein the tuning information includes a pilot parameter and a scan parameter; the abnormal command includes any one or any combination of a target wavelength, a pilot parameter, a power initialization command, and a start scan command.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides an HEE for implementing the method shown in FIG. 2.
  • the HEE includes: an optical transmitter, configured to separately send a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n tail end devices TEE; the first pilot parameter Include a first pilot frequency, the first pilot frequencies corresponding to each TEE are different from each other; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range; n is a positive integer; a wavelength locking unit (WLU) a first scanning optical signal that is sent by the first one of the n TEEs, wherein the first scanning optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the Information of the first pilot frequency of each TEE; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n; and determining, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel; And configured to, when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send
  • WLU wavelength locking unit
  • the number of optical transmitters may be one, and supports signaling of multiple wavelengths at the same time.
  • the number of optical transmitters may be n, respectively supporting signal transmission of one wavelength, and corresponding to n TEEs.
  • the optical transmitter and the optical receiver may be physically independent of each other or may be integrated to form an optical transceiver.
  • the controller is connected to the wavelength locking unit and the optical transmitter.
  • the HEE further includes an MD, and the controller is connected to the optical transmitter through the MD.
  • the HEE further includes an OM/OD, and its use has been described in the foregoing description of FIG. 1, and therefore will not be described herein.
  • the HEE further includes a power splitter for splitting the uplink wavelength division multiplexed signal into two paths, entering the optical transceiver or entering the OM/OD first, and then entering the optical transceiver. The other way directly into the wavelength division locking unit.
  • the wavelength locking unit includes a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit.
  • the first photoelectric conversion device is, for example, a photodiode.
  • the first scanning optical signal may be directly outputted from the power splitter shown in FIG. 1 to the first photoelectric conversion device, or as shown in FIG. 11, the first scanning optical signal is output to the first photoelectric via the optical splitter. Conversion device. Therefore, the wavelength locking unit may further include an optical splitter.
  • the first photoelectric conversion device is configured to process the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal
  • the processing circuit is configured to determine whether the amplitude value of the first electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when the amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold, the indication
  • the transmitting light wavelength of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, and the TEE corresponding to the first pilot frequency whose amplitude value exceeds the preset value is the first TEE.
  • control unit is further configured to: when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send the second scan parameter to the first TEE before the control optical transmitter sends the stop scan command to the first TEE, where
  • the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step, and/or the second scan range is smaller than the first scan range;
  • the first photoelectric conversion device is further configured to receive the second scan optical signal sent by the first TEE by the second scan parameter;
  • the processing circuit is further configured to: when the first TEE scans in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE The amplitude reaches the maximum.
  • the processing circuit is configured to: determine, by the first photoelectric conversion device, photoelectrically converting the second scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE completes one scan in the second scanning range a maximum amplitude of the second electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; and determining that the first TEE performs a second scan within the second scan range, via the first photoelectric a second electrical signal obtained by photoelectric conversion of the second scanning optical signal by the conversion device The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to a TEE reaches the maximum value.
  • the wavelength locking unit further includes a wavelength calibration device and a second photoelectric conversion device, wherein an output end of the first photoelectric conversion device and an output end of the second photoelectric conversion device are both connected to an input end of the processing circuit. .
  • the output of the processing circuit is connected to the control unit.
  • the wavelength calibration tool is, for example, an etalon wavelength calibrator.
  • the second photoelectric conversion device is, for example, a photodiode.
  • the second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a third electrical signal
  • the processing circuit is further configured to: acquire the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; Determining wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.
  • the processing circuit is further configured to: acquire optical power of the second scanning optical signal corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; determine target received optical power; wherein the target receiving The optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and a difference between a minimum transmission optical power of the first TEE and a maximum uplink loss, and a detection error of the HEE received optical power; Determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.
  • the optical transmitter of the controller separately sends a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n TEEs through a control information channel CIC.
  • the HEE further includes a modulation driver (MD) for amplitude-modulating the intensity of the service data optical signal to generate the CIC using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal.
  • MD modulation driver
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE to the n TEEs; to enable the n TEEs Being able to determine its own initial based on the transmitted optical power of the HEE or the transmitted optical power range of the HEE The optical power is transmitted.
  • the wavelength locking unit further includes a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to determine a first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE scans within the first scanning range The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches a maximum value.
  • the processing circuit is configured to: after the first TEE completes one scan in the first scan range, perform photoelectric conversion on the first scan optical signal by using the first photoelectric conversion device. a maximum amplitude of the obtained first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; and determining that the first TEE performs a second scan within the first scanning range, A first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by a photoelectric conversion device reaches an amplitude at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE.
  • the wavelength locking unit further includes a wavelength calibration tool and a second photoelectric conversion device.
  • the second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion after the first scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration device to obtain a fourth electrical signal
  • the processing unit is further configured to: acquire the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE a signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.
  • the processing circuit is further configured to: obtain an optical power of the first scan optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; and determine a target received optical power;
  • the target received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, the minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink loss of the first TEE, and the detection error of the HEE received optical power. Poor; determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send a target wavelength to the n TEEs; wherein the target wavelength is finally tuned to each TEE Wavelength, the target wavelengths corresponding to each of the TEEs are different from each other;
  • the wavelength locking unit is configured to receive respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used for Instructing the n-m TEEs to have a wavelength locking function;
  • the controller is further configured to control the optical transmitter to send a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal.
  • the wavelength locking unit includes a wavelength calibration tool, a first photoelectric conversion device, a second photoelectric conversion device, and a processing circuit.
  • the second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a first reported electrical signal
  • the first photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal
  • the processing circuit is configured to determine wavelength deviation information according to the first reporting electrical signal and the second reporting electrical signal;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the wavelength deviation information to a corresponding TEE, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information. .
  • the wavelength locking unit is further configured to: acquire optical power of the reported optical signal; and determine target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of service data, a transmission link, and the like.
  • the sum of the effective power costs, less than the difference between the corresponding minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink loss in the n-m TEEs, and the HEE received optical power detection error; and the received light according to the optical power and the target The difference in power determines power adjustment information;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the power adjustment information to
  • the n-m TEEs are configured to adjust the transmit optical power according to the corresponding power adjustment information by the n-m TEEs.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver to separately send the second pilot parameter to the n-m TEEs a normal service transmission command; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver to send a second pilot parameter and send a normal service to the first TEE. a command; wherein the second pilot parameter comprises a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.
  • the HEE further includes an optical receiver, configured to receive a transmission request sent by a second TEE of the n TEEs, where the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC;
  • the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send an acknowledgement message to the second TEE, to indicate that the second TEE reports information by using the RMC.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a TEE for implementing the methods shown in FIG. 3 and FIG.
  • the TEE includes a controller 501, a light receiver 502, an optical transmitter 503, and a memory 504.
  • the controller 501 may be a central processing unit, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and may be one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, and may be a field programmable gate array. (English: Field Programmable Gate Array, referred to as: FPGA) developed hardware circuit.
  • the number of memories 504 can be one or more.
  • the memory 504 may include a read only memory (English: Read Only Memory, ROM for short), and a random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, Abbreviation: RAM) and disk storage.
  • ROM Read Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • the optical receiver 502 and the optical transmitter 503 can be physically independent of each other or integrated.
  • the optical receiver 502 is configured to receive a first pilot parameter and a first scan parameter that are sent by the head end device HEE, where the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and the first scan parameter includes a first a scan step and a first scan range; an optical transmitter 503, configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, and the TEE is a TEE without a wavelength lock function, according to the first guide The frequency frequency and the first scanning parameter start to send the first scanning optical signal to the HEE; the controller 501 is configured to control the optical transceiver to stop the wavelength scanning when receiving the stop scanning command sent by the HEE, Keep the current wavelength unchanged.
  • the controller 501 is further configured to: when the optical transmitter 503 sends the scan optical signal to the HEE, continuously detect, by the optical receiver 502, whether the second scan parameter sent by the HEE is received;
  • the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; and when the second scan parameter is different from the first scan parameter, controlled according to the first pilot frequency and the second scan parameter
  • the optical transmitter 503 transmits a second scanning optical signal to the HEE.
  • the optical receiver 502 is further configured to: receive a target wavelength that is sent by the HEE;
  • the controller 501 is configured to control the optical transmitter 503 to tune the transmission wavelength of the optical transmitter 503 to the target wavelength;
  • the controller 501 is further configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, send, by using the optical transmitter 503, the report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency; wherein, the reporting the optical signal is
  • the TEE is instructed to be a TEE having a wavelength locking function; when receiving the stop scanning command sent by the HEE, the control optical transmitter 503 stops transmitting the reported optical signal and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.
  • controller 501 is further configured to: after receiving the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjust the optical transmission according to the power adjustment information.
  • the optical receiver 502 is further configured to: after receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission Previously, receiving initial power adjustment information sent by the HEE;
  • the controller 501 is further configured to: determine an initial transmit optical power of the optical transmitter 503 according to the initial power adjustment information.
  • the initial power adjustment information is the transmit optical power of the HEE
  • the controller 501 is configured to determine a link loss according to the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE; and determine the initial transmit light.
  • the power is a value that is not less than the sum of the minimum optical power of the HEE, the link loss, and the power headroom of the scanning optical signal of the TEE.
  • the initial power adjustment information is a range of the transmit optical power of the HEE
  • the controller 501 is configured to: determine, by the TEE, any transmit optical power in the transmit optical power range of the HEE to be the initial transmit Optical power.
  • the controller 501 is further configured to: send, by using the optical transmitter 503, a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC; and receiving the confirmation information sent by the HEE Thereafter, the reported information is sent to the HEE through the RMC.
  • controller 501 is further configured to: send the report information to the HEE by using the report information channel RMC.
  • the TEE further includes a modulation driver for amplitude-modulating the intensity of the service data optical signal to generate the RMC using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal.
  • the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth
  • the controller 501 is further configured to: after receiving the second pilot parameter sent by the HEE and a normal service sending command, control the optical sending The 503 starts to send a normal service optical signal and continuously generates a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot modulation depth, and the second pilot modulation depth is less than The first pilot modulation depth.
  • the controller 501 is further configured to perform parameter configuration on the optical transmitter 503 according to the first pilot parameter and the first scanning parameter; and when the optical receiver 502 receives the shutdown command sent by the HEE , stop the parameter configuration process and clear the previous configuration.
  • the optical receiver 502 is further configured to: when receiving the abnormal command sent by the HEE, in the process of stopping the wavelength scanning, the controller 501 controls the optical transmitter 503 to stop sending the First scanning the optical signal, and controlling the optical receiver 502 to receive the new tuning information sent by the HEE and a new start scanning command; the optical transmitter 503 is further configured to: send a new scanning optical signal according to the new tuning information. Giving the HEE; the tuning information includes pilot parameters and scan parameters.
  • the HEE allocates a first pilot frequency different from each other for each TEE, and multiple TEEs can simultaneously transmit the first scanning optical signal to the HEE based on the first pilot frequency of the TEE, and the HEE can A plurality of TEEs are simultaneously judged based on the first pilot frequency of each TEE to match the target wavelength channel. Therefore, the method in the embodiment of the present invention can support parallel channel matching of multiple TEEs, the matching success rate is high, and the matching speed is fast.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Optical Communication System (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a port matching method and apparatus. The method comprises: a head end equipment (HEE) respectively sending, to n items of tail end equipment (TEE), a first pilot frequency parameter, a first scanning parameter and a scanning starting command, wherein the first pilot frequency parameter comprises a first pilot frequency, first pilot frequencies corresponding to various TEEs are different from each other, the first scanning parameter comprises a first scanning step and a first scanning range, and n is a positive integer; the HEE receiving a first scanning light signal which is respectively sent by m TEEs in the n TEEs by means of the first scanning parameter, wherein the first scanning light signal sent by each TEE in the m TEEs contains information about the first pilot frequency of each TEE, and m is a positive integer less than or equal to n; the HEE determining, according to the first scanning light signal, whether there is a first TEE, the wavelength of the sent light of which matches a target wavelength channel; and when the first TEE exists, sending a scanning stop command to the first TEE.

Description

一种端口匹配方法及装置Port matching method and device 技术领域Technical field

本发明涉及光通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种端口匹配方法及装置。The present invention relates to the field of optical communication technologies, and in particular, to a port matching method and apparatus.

背景技术Background technique

随着城域网流量的迅速增长,将波分复用(英文:Wavelength division multiplexing,简称:WDM)技术引入城域光网络的需求逐渐强烈。不同于点到点的波分复用系统,城域波分复用系统在网络结构、组网成本和传输技术等方面都有着独特的要求。在城域波分复用系统的一端,各不同波长的收发器集中在中心局内,称为头端(英文:Head End,简称:HE)。而城域波分复用系统的另一端分布式地存在各个尾端(英文:Tail end,简称:TE)节点处。在尾端通过各种波分复用器件完成各个波长信号的上下波。With the rapid growth of metropolitan area network traffic, the demand for introducing Wavelength Division Multiplexing (WDM) technology into metro optical networks is becoming stronger. Different from the point-to-point wavelength division multiplexing system, the metropolitan wavelength division multiplexing system has unique requirements in terms of network structure, networking cost and transmission technology. At one end of the metropolitan wavelength division multiplexing system, transceivers of different wavelengths are concentrated in the central office, which is called Head End (English: Head End, referred to as HE). The other end of the metropolitan wavelength division multiplexing system is distributed at each end (English: Tail end, referred to as: TE) node. The up and down waves of the respective wavelength signals are completed at the tail end by various wavelength division multiplexing devices.

由于城域光网络的尾端分布在不同的地理位置,且各个尾端设备(英文:TE Equipment,简称:TEE)被分配到不同的波长进行信息传输。如果TEE采用传统的波长固定的光收发模块,将会提高运营商的安装、运维和备货成本。因此出于成本和易于维护的考虑,运营商需要TEE是一种归一化,即插即用的无色化光模块。在众多无色化的波分传输方案中,波长可调谐激光器以其优异的性能成为主要的选择之一。同时,为了降低波长可调谐激光器的成本,可以去除每个波长可调谐激光器中的波长锁定器件及相关控制电路。这样不仅可以降低波长可调谐激光器的硬件成本,还可以降低生产过程中的调节、校准和测试成本,满足低成本城域波分复用系统的需求。Since the tail end of the metro optical network is distributed in different geographical locations, each tail device (English: TE Equipment, referred to as TEE) is allocated to different wavelengths for information transmission. If the TEE adopts the traditional fixed wavelength optical transceiver module, it will increase the operator's installation, operation and maintenance and stocking costs. Therefore, for cost and ease of maintenance considerations, operators need TEE to be a normalized, plug-and-play colorless optical module. Among the many colorless wavelength division transmission schemes, wavelength tunable lasers have become one of the main choices for their excellent performance. At the same time, in order to reduce the cost of the wavelength tunable laser, the wavelength locking device and associated control circuitry in each wavelength tunable laser can be removed. This not only reduces the hardware cost of the wavelength tunable laser, but also reduces the adjustment, calibration and test costs in the production process to meet the needs of low-cost metro wavelength division multiplexing systems.

当具有波长调谐能力的TEE接入城域波分光网络中的尾端端口时,如何实现即插即用,TEE自动的将发送光波长匹配到该尾端端口对应的波长通道上,成为一个待研究的问题。When a TEE with wavelength tuning capability is connected to a tail port in a metro wave optical network, how to implement plug and play, the TEE automatically matches the wavelength of the transmitted light to the wavelength channel corresponding to the tail port, and becomes a waiting Research questions.

现有技术提供的一种端口自动匹配技术方案包括:TEE检测是否接收到光信号。当没有接收到光信号时,TEE保持停止状态,并持续检测是否接收到光 信号。当接收到光信号后,将计数器i置为1,TEE开始进行波长扫描。TEE首先将发送波长设置于一系列光波长通道(取决于WDM系统的波长数量)中的第一光波长通道,并使用新导频通道发送身份信息,同时从接收光信号中接收命令信息。A port automatic matching technical solution provided by the prior art includes: detecting whether an optical signal is received by the TEE. When no optical signal is received, the TEE remains stopped and continuously detects whether light is received. signal. When the optical signal is received, the counter i is set to 1, and the TEE begins wavelength scanning. The TEE first sets the transmission wavelength to the first optical wavelength channel in a series of optical wavelength channels (depending on the number of wavelengths of the WDM system), and transmits the identity information using the new pilot channel while receiving command information from the received optical signal.

头端设备(英文:HE Equipment,简称:HEE)首先在光谱分析仪(OSA)上检测新接入的TEE光信号的波长信息。当出现多个新接入波长时,HEE会向所有TEE发送“新接入TEE停止发送光信号并等待”命令。此时所有新接入TEE会停止发送光信号,并等待一个随机时间。当只有一个新接入波长时,HEE持续从新导频通道上读取身份信息。在成功读取到新接入TEE的身份信息后,HEE进行查表,并为该新接入的TEE分配一个导频频率并发送使用该导频频率的信息给该新接入TEE。当TEE接收到的信息中身份信息是自己的,则在发送信号中添加接收到的导频频率,同时,TEE使用该导频频率发送确认信息。HEE读取导频信息,查看是否有确认信息。当发现确认信息收到后,则匹配过程结束。否则,HEE持续发送使用该导频频率的信息给该新接入TEE,并读取导频信息。The head-end device (English: HE Equipment, referred to as HEE) first detects the wavelength information of the newly accessed TEE optical signal on an optical spectrum analyzer (OSA). When multiple new access wavelengths occur, HEE sends a "new access TEE stops transmitting optical signals and waits" command to all TEEs. At this point, all new access TEEs will stop sending optical signals and wait for a random time. When there is only one new access wavelength, the HEE continuously reads the identity information from the new pilot channel. After successfully reading the identity information of the newly accessed TEE, the HEE performs a lookup table, allocates a pilot frequency to the newly accessed TEE, and sends information using the pilot frequency to the new access TEE. When the identity information in the information received by the TEE is its own, the received pilot frequency is added to the transmitted signal, and the TEE uses the pilot frequency to send the acknowledgement information. HEE reads the pilot information to see if there is a confirmation message. When the confirmation message is found, the matching process ends. Otherwise, the HEE continuously transmits information using the pilot frequency to the new access TEE and reads the pilot information.

当TEE接收到的信息中身份信息不是自己的,则超出一定时间间隔后,计数器自动加1,并将发送波长设置为第二光波长通道,继续上述扫描步骤,直至接收到正确的身份信息。When the identity information in the information received by the TEE is not its own, after a certain time interval, the counter automatically increments by 1, and sets the transmission wavelength to the second optical wavelength channel, and continues the above scanning step until the correct identity information is received.

该方案当多个新接入波长出现时,所有TEE等待一个随机时间后,继续发送扫描光信号。然而等待后发送的TEE之间仍然存在冲突的风险,需要继续进行等待,如此循环导致端口匹配失败或者匹配成功但匹配时间过长。In this scheme, when multiple new access wavelengths appear, all TEEs continue to send scanning optical signals after waiting for a random time. However, there is still a risk of conflict between the TEEs sent after waiting, and the need to continue to wait, such a loop causes the port matching to fail or the matching is successful but the matching time is too long.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本发明实施例提供一种端口匹配方法及装置,用以解决现有技术中存在的端口匹配容易失败或匹配时间过长的技术问题。The embodiment of the invention provides a port matching method and device, which are used to solve the technical problem that the port matching in the prior art is easy to fail or the matching time is too long.

本发明第一方面提供了一种端口匹配方法,包括:A first aspect of the present invention provides a port matching method, including:

头端设备HEE向n个尾端设备TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参 数以及开始扫描命令;所述第一导频参数包括第一导频频率,每一个TEE对应的第一导频频率互不相同;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;n为正整数;The head end device HEE sends the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter to the n tail device TEEs respectively. And the first scan frequency, the first pilot frequency includes a first pilot frequency, and the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE is different from each other; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan Range; n is a positive integer;

所述HEE接收所述n个TEE中m个TEE分别以所述第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号;其中,所述m个TEE中每个TEE发送的第一扫描光信号包含所述每个TEE的第一导频频率的信息;m为小于或等于n的正整数;The HEE receives a first scan optical signal that is sent by each of the n TEEs by using the first scan parameter, where the first scan optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the Information of the first pilot frequency of each TEE; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n;

所述HEE根据所述第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配;Determining, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether the wavelength of the transmitting light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel;

当存在所述第一TEE时,向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令。When the first TEE is present, a stop scan command is sent to the first TEE.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述HEE根据所述第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the determining, by the HEE, whether the wavelength of the transmitting light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel, according to the first scanning optical signal, includes:

所述HEE对所述第一扫描信号进行处理,获得第一电信号;The HEE processes the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal;

所述HEE确定所述第一电信号在与所述每个TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度值是否超过预设阈值;其中,当有幅度值超过所述预设阈值时,表示存在第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,并且幅度值超过所述预设值处的第一导频频率对应的TEE为所述第一TEE。Determining, by the HEE, whether an amplitude value of the first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when the amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold, indicating that the The transmit light wavelength of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel, and the TEE corresponding to the first pilot frequency whose amplitude value exceeds the preset value is the first TEE.

结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,当存在所述第一TEE时,在向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:With reference to the first aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, when the first TEE is present, sending a stop scan to the first TEE Before the command, the method further includes:

所述HEE向所述第一TEE发送第二扫描参数,其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;所述第二扫描步进小于所述第一扫描步进,和/或所述第二扫描范围小于所述第一扫描范围;The HEE sends a second scan parameter to the first TEE, wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step And/or the second scan range is smaller than the first scan range;

所述HEE接收所述第一TEE以所述第二扫描参数发送的第二扫描光信号;The HEE receives a second scan optical signal sent by the first TEE with the second scan parameter;

所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达 到最大值。When the HEE determines that the first TEE scans within the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal has an amplitude at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. To the maximum.

结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值,包括:In conjunction with the second possible implementation of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the HEE determines that the first TEE scans within the second scan range, The amplitude of the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal reaches a maximum at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE, including:

所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内完成一次扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;When the HEE determines that the first TEE completes one scan in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. Maximum amplitude;

所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Determining, by the HEE, that the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE when the first TEE performs a second scanning in the second scanning range. The amplitude at which the maximum is reached.

结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the second possible implementation of the first aspect, or the third possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes:

所述HEE将经过波长校准具的所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第三电信号;The HEE obtains a third electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device;

所述HEE获取所述第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号;The HEE acquires the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE;

所述HEE根据所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号确定波长偏差信息;The HEE determines wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal;

所述HEE将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The HEE transmits the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE to enable the first TEE to adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.

结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With the second possible implementation of the first aspect, the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes:

所述HEE获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第二电信号对应的所述第二扫描光信号的光功率;And obtaining, by the HEE, an optical power of the second scanning optical signal corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value;

所述HEE确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE 的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;Determining, by the HEE, a target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and is smaller than the first TEE The difference between the minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink loss, and the HEE received optical power detection error;

所述HEE根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Determining, by the HEE, power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;

所述HEE将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The HEE sends the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.

结合第一方面或第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,所述头端设备HEE向n个尾端设备TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令,包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, or the second possible implementation of the first aspect, to any one of the fifth possible implementations of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation of the first aspect, The head end device HEE sends the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n tail end devices TEE, respectively, including:

所述HEE通过控制信息信道CIC向所述n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令。The HEE sends a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n TEEs through the control information channel CIC.

结合第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,在所述HEE通过控制信息信道CIC向所述n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the sixth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first pilot parameter is sent to the n TEEs by the HEE through the control information channel CIC, Before the first scan parameter and the start of the scan command, the method further includes:

所述HEE使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述CIC。The HEE uses a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to amplitude modulate the intensity of the traffic data optical signal to generate the CIC.

结合第一方面或第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the first aspect, or the second possible implementation of the first aspect, to any one of the seventh possible implementations of the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, The method also includes:

所述HEE向所述n个TEE分别发送所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围;以使所述n个TEE能够基于所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围确定自身的初始发送光功率。Transmitting, by the HEE, the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE to the n TEEs, respectively, to enable the n TEEs to be based on the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmission of the HEE The optical power range determines its own initial transmitted optical power.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,当存在所述第一TEE时,在向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, when the first TEE is present, before the sending the stop scan command to the first TEE, the method further includes:

所述HEE确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行扫描时,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。 Determining, by the HEE, that the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE when the first TEE scans in the first scanning range The amplitude reaches the maximum.

结合第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,所述HEE确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行扫描时,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值,包括:In conjunction with the ninth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the HEE determines, when the first TEE scans in the first scanning range, The amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches a maximum value, including:

所述HEE确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内完成一次扫描后,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;Determining, by the HEE, that after the first TEE completes one scan in the first scan range, the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scan optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE Maximum amplitude;

所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Determining, by the HEE, that the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE, when the first TEE performs a second scanning in the first scanning range. The amplitude at which the maximum is reached.

结合第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the ninth possible implementation of the first aspect, or the tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:

所述HEE将经过波长校准具的所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第四电信号;The HEE obtains a fourth electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the first scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device;

所述HEE获取所述第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号;The HEE acquires the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE;

所述HEE根据所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号确定波长偏差信息;The HEE determines wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal;

所述HEE将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The HEE transmits the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE to enable the first TEE to adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.

结合第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to any one of the ninth possible implementation of the first aspect to the eleventh possible implementation of the first aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further include:

所述HEE获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第一电信号对应的所述第一扫描光信号的光功率;And acquiring, by the HEE, an optical power of the first scanning optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value;

所述HEE确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差; Determining, by the HEE, a target received optical power, wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and a minimum transmission optical power and a maximum uplink of the first TEE. Link loss, difference between the HEE received optical power detection error;

所述HEE根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Determining, by the HEE, power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;

所述HEE将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The HEE sends the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,在m小于n时,在所述HEE接收所述n个TEE中m个TEE分别以所述第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号之前,所述方法还包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, when m is less than n, the m TEEs in the HEE receiving the n TEEs are respectively sent by using the first scanning parameter Before the first scanning optical signal, the method further includes:

所述HEE向所述n个TEE分别发送目标波长;其中,所述目标波长为每个TEE最终要调谐至的波长,所述每一个TEE对应的目标波长互不相同;The HEE sends a target wavelength to the n TEEs respectively; wherein the target wavelength is a wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, and the target wavelengths corresponding to each TEE are different from each other;

所述HEE接收n-m个TEE分别发送的所述n-m个TEE各自的上报光信号,所述上报光信号对应各自的第一导频频率,所述上报光信号用于指示所述n-m个TEE具有波长锁定功能;The HEE receives the respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used to indicate the n -m TEEs have a wavelength lock function;

所述HEE根据所述上报光信号向所述n-m个TEE发送扫描停止命令。The HEE sends a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal.

结合第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the thirteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fourteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:

所述HEE将经过波长校准具的所述上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第一上报电信号;The HEE obtains a first reported electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal of the wavelength calibration device;

所述HEE将所上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第二上报电信号;The HEE performs photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal;

所述HEE根据所述第一上报电信号和所述第二上报电信号确定波长偏差信息;Determining, by the HEE, wavelength deviation information according to the first reporting electrical signal and the second reporting electrical signal;

所述HEE将所述波长偏差信息分别发送给对应的TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE能够根据对应的所述波长偏差信息调整所述目标波长。The HEE sends the wavelength deviation information to a corresponding TEE, respectively, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information.

结合第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with any one of the thirteenth possible implementation of the first aspect or the fourteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fifteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, the method Also includes:

所述HEE获取所述上报光信号的光功率;The HEE acquires optical power of the reported optical signal;

所述HEE确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数 据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述n-m个TEE中对应的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;Determining, by the HEE, a target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a service number The difference between the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission and the equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and the difference between the minimum transmission optical power and the maximum uplink loss in the n-m TEEs, and the detection error of the HEE receiving optical power;

所述HEE根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Determining, by the HEE, power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;

所述HEE将所述功率调整信息分别发送给所述n-m个TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE根据各自对应的所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The HEE sends the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs respectively, so that the n-m TEEs adjust the transmit optical power according to the corresponding power adjustment information.

结合第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述方法还包括:With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, to any one of the fifteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a sixteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, The pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the method further includes:

所述HEE向所述n-m个TEE分别发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。The HEE sends a second pilot parameter and a normal service transmission command to the n-m TEEs, where the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the The first pilot modulation depth.

结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述方法还包括:In combination with the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect to any one of the twelfth possible implementations of the first aspect, in a seventeenth possible implementation of the first aspect, The first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the method further includes:

所述HEE向所述第一TEE发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。The HEE sends a second pilot parameter and a normal service transmission command to the first TEE; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is smaller than the first pilot Frequency modulation depth.

结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第一方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect to any one of the seventeenth possible implementations of the first aspect, in an eighteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, The method further includes:

所述HEE接收所述n个TEE中的第二TEE发送的传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;The HEE receives a transmission request sent by a second TEE of the n TEEs; the transmission request is used to request to report information from the reporting information channel RMC;

所述HEE向所述第二TEE发送确认信息,以指示所述第二TEE通过所述RMC上报信息。The HEE sends an acknowledgement message to the second TEE to instruct the second TEE to report information through the RMC.

本发明第二方面提供一种端口匹配方法,包括: A second aspect of the present invention provides a port matching method, including:

尾端设备TEE接收头端设备HEE发送的第一导频参数、第一扫描参数;其中,第一导频参数包括第一导频频率;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;The tail device TEE receives the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter sent by the head device HEE; wherein the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first a scan range;

所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,且所述TEE为不具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第一扫描参数开始发送第一扫描光信号给所述HEE;When the TEE receives the start scan command sent by the HEE, and the TEE is a TEE without a wavelength lock function, the first scan is started according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter. An optical signal to the HEE;

所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,停止波长扫描,保持当前波长不变。When receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops the wavelength scanning and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:

所述TEE在根据所述第一导频频率和所述第一扫描参数开始发送扫描光信号给所述HEE的同时,持续检测是否接收到所述HEE发送的第二扫描参数;其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;The TEE continuously detects whether a second scan parameter sent by the HEE is received while transmitting a scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter; wherein The second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range;

所述TEE在所述第二扫描参数与所述第一扫描参数不同时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第二扫描参数开始发送第二扫描光信号给所述HEE。And when the second scan parameter is different from the first scan parameter, the TEE starts to send a second scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the second scan parameter.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,当所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, when the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength locking function, the method further includes:

所述TEE接收所述HEE发送的目标波长;Receiving, by the TEE, a target wavelength sent by the HEE;

所述TEE将自身的发送波长调谐至所述目标波长;The TEE tunes its own transmission wavelength to the target wavelength;

所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,根据所述第一导频频率向所述HEE发送上报光信号;其中,所述上报光信号用于指示所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE;The TEE sends a report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency when receiving the start scan command sent by the HEE; wherein the reported optical signal is used to indicate that the TEE has a wavelength lock Functional TEE;

所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,停止发送所述上报光信号,并保持当前波长不变。When receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops transmitting the reported optical signal and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.

结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, or the first possible implementation of the second aspect, or the second possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation of the second aspect, the method further includes:

所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的波长偏差信息或功率调整信息后,根 据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长,或根据所述功率调整信息调整所述TEE的发送光功率。After receiving the wavelength deviation information or power adjustment information sent by the HEE, the TEE Adjusting the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjusting the transmit optical power of the TEE according to the power adjustment information.

结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:In combination with the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect to any one of the third possible implementations of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the second aspect, Before the start of the scan command sent by the HEE, the method further includes:

所述TEE接收所述HEE发送的初始功率调整信息;Receiving, by the TEE, initial power adjustment information sent by the HEE;

所述TEE根据所述初始功率调整信息确定所述TEE的初始发送光功率。The TEE determines an initial transmit optical power of the TEE according to the initial power adjustment information.

结合第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率,所述TEE根据所述初始功率调整信息确定所述TEE的初始发送光功率,包括:With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the initial power adjustment information is a transmit optical power of the HEE, and the TEE is based on the initial power The adjustment information determines the initial transmitted optical power of the TEE, including:

所述TEE根据所述发送光功率和所述TEE的接收光功率确定链路损耗;Determining, by the TEE, a link loss according to the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE;

所述TEE确定所述初始发送光功率为不小于所述TEE的扫描光信号到达所述HEE的最小光功率、所述链路损耗以及功率余量的三者之和的值。The TEE determines that the initial transmitted optical power is a value that is not less than a sum of a minimum optical power, a link loss, and a power margin of the scanning optical signal of the TEE reaching the HEE.

结合第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率范围,所述TEE根据所述初始功率调整信息确定所述TEE的初始发送光功率,包括:With reference to the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the initial power adjustment information is a transmit optical power range of the HEE, and the TEE is based on the initial The power adjustment information determines an initial transmit optical power of the TEE, including:

所述TEE确定所述HEE的发送光功率范围内的任一发送光功率为所述初始发送光功率。The TEE determines that any of the transmit optical powers within the transmit optical power range of the HEE is the initial transmit optical power.

结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, or the first possible implementation of the second aspect, to any one of the sixth possible implementations of the second aspect, in a seventh possible implementation of the second aspect, The method also includes:

所述TEE向所述HEE发送传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;The TEE sends a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC;

所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的确认信息之后,通过所述RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。After receiving the acknowledgement information sent by the HEE, the TEE sends the report information to the HEE through the RMC.

结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,所 述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect to any one of the sixth possible implementations of the second aspect, in an eighth possible implementation of the second aspect, The method also includes:

所述TEE通过报告信息信道RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。The TEE sends the report information to the HEE by reporting the information channel RMC.

结合第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the seventh possible implementation of the second aspect, or the eighth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:

所述TEE使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述RMC。The TEE uses a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to amplitude modulate the intensity of the traffic data optical signal to generate the RMC.

结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,在所述停止波长扫描之后,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, or the first possible implementation of the second aspect, to any one of the ninth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, The first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and after the stopping wavelength scanning, the method further includes:

当所述TEE接收到所述HEE发送的第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令后,开始发送正常业务光信号并按照所述第二导频参数持续产生相应导频信号;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频调制深度,所述第二导频调制深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。After receiving the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command sent by the HEE, the TEE starts to send a normal service optical signal and continuously generates a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter; The second pilot parameter includes a second pilot modulation depth, the second pilot modulation depth being less than the first pilot modulation depth.

结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,在所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect to any one of the tenth possible implementation of the second aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation of the second aspect, Before the TEE receives the start scan command sent by the HEE, the method further includes:

所述TEE根据所述第一导频参数、所述第一扫描参数对所述TEE进行参数配置;The TEE performs parameter configuration on the TEE according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter;

当所述TEE接收到所述HEE发送的关闭命令时,停止参数配置过程并将之前的配置清零。When the TEE receives the shutdown command sent by the HEE, the parameter configuration process is stopped and the previous configuration is cleared.

结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect to any one of the eleventh possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, The method further includes:

在所述停止波长扫描的过程中,当所述TEE接收到所述HEE发送的异常命令时,所述TEE停止发送所述第一扫描光信号并接收所述HEE发送的新的调谐信息以及新的开始扫描命令,并按照所述新的调谐信息发送新的扫描光 信号给所述HEE;所述调谐信息包括导频参数和扫描参数;所述异常命令包括目标波长、导频参数、功率初始化命令以及开始扫描命令中的任意一个或任意组合。In the process of stopping the wavelength scanning, when the TEE receives the abnormal command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops transmitting the first scanning optical signal and receives new tuning information sent by the HEE and new Start scanning command and send new scanning light according to the new tuning information Signaling to the HEE; the tuning information includes a pilot parameter and a scan parameter; the abnormal command includes any one or any combination of a target wavelength, a pilot parameter, a power initialization command, and a start scan command.

本发明第三方面提供一种头端设备HEE,包括:A third aspect of the present invention provides a head end device HEE, including:

光发送器,用于向n个尾端设备TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令;所述第一导频参数包括第一导频频率,每一个TEE对应的第一导频频率互不相同;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;n为正整数;An optical transmitter, configured to separately send a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n tail end devices TEE; the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and each TEE corresponds to a first One pilot frequency is different from each other; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range; n is a positive integer;

波长锁定单元,用于接收所述n个TEE中m个TEE分别以所述第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号;其中,所述m个TEE中每个TEE发送的第一扫描光信号包含所述每个TEE的第一导频频率的信息;m为小于或等于n的正整数;并根据所述第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配;a wavelength locking unit, configured to receive a first scanning optical signal that is sent by each of the n TEEs by the first scanning parameter, where the first scanning optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs The information includes a first pilot frequency of each of the TEEs; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n; and determining, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether a transmitting optical wavelength of the first TEE matches a target wavelength channel;

控制器,用于当存在所述第一TEE时,控制所述光发送器向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令。And a controller, configured to, when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send a stop scan command to the first TEE.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述波长锁定单元包括第一光电转换器件和处理电路,With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the wavelength locking unit includes a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit,

所述第一光电转换器件用于对所述第一扫描信号进行处理,获得第一电信号;The first photoelectric conversion device is configured to process the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal;

所述处理电路用于确定所述第一电信号在与所述每个TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度值是否超过预设阈值;其中,当有幅度值超过所述预设阈值时,表示存在第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,并且幅度值超过所述预设值处的第一导频频率对应的TEE为所述第一TEE。The processing circuit is configured to determine whether an amplitude value of the first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when an amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold And indicating that the transmitting light wavelength of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, and the TEE corresponding to the first pilot frequency whose amplitude value exceeds the preset value is the first TEE.

结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation of the third aspect,

所述控制单元还用于:当存在所述第一TEE时,在控制所述光发送器向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令之前,控制所述光发送器向所述第一TEE发 送第二扫描参数,其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;所述第二扫描步进小于所述第一扫描步进,和/或所述第二扫描范围小于所述第一扫描范围;The control unit is further configured to: when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send to the first TEE before controlling the optical transmitter to send a stop scan command to the first TEE Sending a second scan parameter, wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step, and/or the second scan The range is smaller than the first scanning range;

所述第一光电转换器件还用于接收所述第一TEE以所述第二扫描参数发送的第二扫描光信号;The first photoelectric conversion device is further configured to receive a second scan light signal sent by the first TEE by the second scan parameter;

所述处理电路还用于确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。The processing circuit is further configured to: when the first TEE is scanned in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE The amplitude is at its maximum.

结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述处理电路用于:In conjunction with the second possible implementation of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation of the third aspect, the processing circuit is configured to:

确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内完成一次扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;并确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Determining that when the first TEE completes one scan in the second scanning range, the second electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the second scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device is in the first TEE a maximum amplitude at a corresponding first pilot frequency; and determining that the second TEE is performed by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE performs a second scan within the second scan range The amplitude of the second electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value.

结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述波长锁定单元还包括波长校准具和第二光电转换器件,In conjunction with the second possible implementation of the third aspect, or the third possible implementation of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the third aspect, the wavelength locking unit further includes a wavelength calibration device and a second photoelectric conversion device,

所述第二光电转换器件用于将经过所述波长校准具的所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第三电信号;The second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a third electrical signal;

所述处理电路还用于:获取所述第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号;根据所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号确定波长偏差信息;The processing circuit is further configured to: acquire the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE a signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.

结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第四种可能的实现 方式中的任意一种,在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述处理电路还用于:获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第二电信号对应的所述第二扫描光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Combining the second possible implementation of the third aspect to the fourth possible implementation of the third aspect In a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processing circuit is further configured to: acquire the second corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value And scanning the optical power of the optical signal; determining the target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and a minimum transmission light smaller than the first TEE a difference between power and maximum uplink loss, the HEE received optical power detection error; determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.

结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,所述控制器所述光发送器通过控制信息信道CIC向所述n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令。With reference to the third aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, to any one of the fifth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, The optical transmitter transmits a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n TEEs through the control information channel CIC.

结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,所述HEE还包括调制驱动器,用于使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述CIC。In conjunction with the sixth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation of the third aspect, the HEE further includes a modulation driver for using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to the service data light The intensity of the signal is amplitude modulated to generate the CIC.

结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器向所述n个TEE分别发送所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围;以使所述n个TEE能够基于所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围确定自身的初始发送光功率。With reference to the third aspect, or the first possible implementation of the third aspect, to any one of the seventh possible implementations of the third aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE to the n TEEs; so that the n TEEs can be based on the HEE The transmitted optical power or the transmitted optical power range of the HEE determines its own initial transmitted optical power.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,所述波长锁定单元还包括第一光电转换器件和处理电路,In conjunction with the third aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the wavelength locking unit further includes a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit,

所述处理电路用于确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。The processing circuit is configured to determine a first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE scans within the first scanning range The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches a maximum value.

结合第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十种可能的实 现方式中,所述处理电路用于:确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内完成一次扫描后,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;确定所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。In conjunction with the ninth possible implementation of the third aspect, the tenth possible implementation in the third aspect In a current mode, the processing circuit is configured to: after the first TEE completes one scan in the first scan range, perform photoelectric conversion on the first scan optical signal by using the first photoelectric conversion device. a maximum amplitude of the obtained first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; and determining that the first TEE performs a second scan within the first scanning range, A first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by a photoelectric conversion device reaches an amplitude at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE.

结合第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述波长锁定单元还包括波长校准具和第二光电转换器件,With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or the tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the wavelength locking unit further includes a wavelength calibration device And a second photoelectric conversion device,

所述第二光电转换器件用于将经过所述波长校准具的所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第四电信号;The second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion after the first scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration device to obtain a fourth electrical signal;

所述处理单元还用于:获取所述第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号;根据所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号确定波长偏差信息;The processing unit is further configured to: acquire the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE a signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.

结合第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述处理电路还用于:获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第一电信号对应的所述第一扫描光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;With reference to the tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, or the eleventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the processing circuit is further configured to: obtain The optical power of the first scanning optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; determining the target receiving optical power; wherein the target receiving optical power is greater than the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data a sum of equivalent transmission power costs of the transmission link, a difference between a minimum transmission optical power of the first TEE and a maximum uplink loss, and a detection error of the HEE received optical power; receiving light according to the optical power and the target The difference in power determines power adjustment information;

所述控制器还用于;控制所述光发送器将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,在m小于n时,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器向所述n个TEE分别发送目标波 长;其中,所述目标波长为每个TEE最终要调谐至的波长,所述每一个TEE对应的目标波长互不相同;With reference to the third aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, when m is less than n, the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send a target wave to the n TEEs Long; wherein, the target wavelength is a wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, and the target wavelengths corresponding to each TEE are different from each other;

所述波长锁定单元用于接收n-m个TEE分别发送的所述n-m个TEE各自的上报光信号,所述上报光信号对应各自的第一导频频率,所述上报光信号用于指示所述n-m个TEE具有波长锁定功能;The wavelength locking unit is configured to receive respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used for Instructing the n-m TEEs to have a wavelength locking function;

所述控制器还用于根据所述上报光信号控制所述光发送器向所述n-m个TEE发送扫描停止命令。The controller is further configured to control the optical transmitter to send a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal.

结合第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述波长锁定单元包括波长校准具、第一光电转换器件、第二光电转换器件和处理电路,In conjunction with any of the twelfth possible implementation of the third aspect or the thirteenth possible implementation of the third aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation of the third aspect, the wavelength The locking unit includes a wavelength calibration tool, a first photoelectric conversion device, a second photoelectric conversion device, and a processing circuit.

所述第二光电转换器件用于将经过所述波长校准具的所述上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第一上报电信号;The second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a first reported electrical signal;

所述第一光电转换器件用于将所上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第二上报电信号;The first photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal;

所述处理电路用于根据所述第一上报电信号和所述第二上报电信号确定波长偏差信息;The processing circuit is configured to determine wavelength deviation information according to the first reporting electrical signal and the second reporting electrical signal;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述波长偏差信息分别发送给对应的TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE能够根据对应的所述波长偏差信息调整所述目标波长。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the wavelength deviation information to a corresponding TEE, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information. .

结合第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中,所述波长锁定单元还用于:获取所述上报光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述n-m个TEE中对应的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息; In conjunction with the thirteenth possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourteenth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a fifteenth possible implementation of the third aspect, the wavelength locking unit is further used Obtaining an optical power of the reported optical signal; determining a target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and less than the n-m The difference between the minimum transmit optical power and the maximum uplink loss and the HEE received optical power detection error in the TEE; determining the power adjustment information according to the difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述功率调整信息分别发送给所述n-m个TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE根据各自对应的所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs, so that the n-m TEEs are adjusted according to the corresponding power adjustment information Send optical power.

结合第三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第三方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光收发器向所述n-m个TEE分别发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation of the third aspect to any one of the fifteenth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a sixteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, The pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver to separately send a second pilot parameter and a normal service sending command to the n-m TEEs; The second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.

结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第三方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光收发器向所述第一TEE发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。With reference to the third aspect or the first possible implementation of the third aspect to any one of the twelfth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, The first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver to send a second pilot parameter and a normal service sending command to the first TEE; The second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.

结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第三方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第三方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中,所述HEE还包括光接收器,用于接收所述n个TEE中的第二TEE发送的传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;With reference to the third aspect or the first possible implementation of the third aspect to any one of the seventeenth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in an eighteenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, The HEE further includes an optical receiver, configured to receive a transmission request sent by a second one of the n TEEs, where the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器向所述第二TEE发送确认信息,以指示所述第二TEE通过所述RMC上报信息。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send an acknowledgement message to the second TEE, to indicate that the second TEE reports information by using the RMC.

本发明第四方面提供一种尾端设备TEE,包括:A fourth aspect of the present invention provides a tail end device TEE, including:

光接收器,用于接收头端设备HEE发送的第一导频参数、第一扫描参数;其中,第一导频参数包括第一导频频率;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;An optical receiver, configured to receive a first pilot parameter and a first scan parameter sent by the head end device HEE; wherein the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency; and the first scan parameter includes a first scan step And the first scan range;

光发送器,用于在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,且所述TEE为不具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第一扫描参 数开始发送第一扫描光信号给所述HEE;An optical transmitter, configured to: when receiving the start scan command sent by the HEE, and the TEE is a TEE having no wavelength locking function, according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter The number begins to send a first scan light signal to the HEE;

控制器,用于在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,控制所述光收发器停止波长扫描,保持当前波长不变。And a controller, configured to control the optical transceiver to stop wavelength scanning when receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, and keep the current wavelength unchanged.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述控制器还用于:在所述光发送器发送扫描光信号给所述HEE的同时,通过所述光接收器持续检测是否接收到所述HEE发送的第二扫描参数;其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;在所述第二扫描参数与所述第一扫描参数不同时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第二扫描参数控制所述光发送器发送第二扫描光信号给所述HEE。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the controller is further configured to: when the optical transmitter sends a scanning optical signal to the HEE, by using the optical receiver Continuously detecting whether the second scan parameter of the HEE transmission is received; wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; and the second scan parameter and the first scan parameter are not Simultaneously, controlling, by the first pilot frequency and the second scanning parameter, the optical transmitter to send a second scanning optical signal to the HEE.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,当所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,所述光接收器还用于:接收所述HEE发送的目标波长;With reference to the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength locking function, the optical receiver is further configured to: receive a target wavelength of the HEE transmission;

所述控制器用于控制所述光发送器将所述光发送器的发送波长调谐至所述目标波长;The controller is configured to control the optical transmitter to tune a transmission wavelength of the optical transmitter to the target wavelength;

所述控制器还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,根据所述第一导频频率通过所述光发送器向所述HEE发送上报光信号;其中,所述上报光信号用于指示所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE;在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,控制所述光发送器停止发送所述上报光信号,并保持当前波长不变。The controller is further configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, send, by the optical transmitter, a report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency; wherein the report light The signal is used to indicate that the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength locking function; when receiving the stop scanning command sent by the HEE, the optical transmitter is controlled to stop transmitting the reported optical signal and keep the current wavelength unchanged.

结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述控制器还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的波长偏差信息或功率调整信息后,根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长,或根据所述功率调整信息调整所述光发送器的发送光功率。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the controller is further used to After receiving the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjusting the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjusting the transmission optical power of the optical transmitter according to the power adjustment information.

结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述光接收器还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令之前,接收所述 HEE发送的初始功率调整信息;With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, to any one of the third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, The optical receiver is further configured to: receive the start scan command before receiving the HEE transmission Initial power adjustment information sent by the HEE;

所述控制器还用于:根据所述初始功率调整信息确定所述光发送器的初始发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: determine an initial transmit optical power of the optical transmitter according to the initial power adjustment information.

结合第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率,所述控制器用于,根据所述发送光功率和所述TEE的接收光功率确定链路损耗;确定所述初始发送光功率为不小于所述TEE的扫描光信号到达所述HEE的最小光功率、所述链路损耗以及功率余量的三者之和的值。With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the initial power adjustment information is a transmit optical power of the HEE, and the controller is configured to: Determining a link loss of the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE; determining that the initial transmit optical power is not less than a minimum optical power, a link loss, and a power of the scan optical signal of the TEE reaching the HEE The value of the sum of the three balances.

结合第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率范围,所述控制器用于:所述TEE确定所述HEE的发送光功率范围内的任一发送光功率为所述初始发送光功率。With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the initial power adjustment information is a transmit optical power range of the HEE, and the controller is configured to: The TEE determines that any of the transmit optical powers within the transmit optical power range of the HEE is the initial transmit optical power.

结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,所述控制器还用于:通过所述光发送器向所述HEE发送传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;并在接收到所述HEE发送的确认信息之后,通过所述RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, to any one of the sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, The controller is further configured to: send, by the optical transmitter, a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC; and after receiving the confirmation information sent by the HEE, The RMC sends the report information to the HEE.

结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,所述控制器还用于:通过报告信息信道RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, to any one of the seventh possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, The controller is further configured to: send the report information to the HEE by reporting the information channel RMC.

结合第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,所述TEE还包括调制驱动器,用于使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述RMC。In conjunction with the seventh possible implementation of the fourth aspect, or the eighth possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the TEE further includes a modulation driver for use A low frequency, low modulation depth signal amplitude modulates the intensity of the traffic data optical signal to generate the RMC.

结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述控制器还用于:当接收到所 述HEE发送的第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令后,控制所述光发送器开始发送正常业务光信号并按照所述第二导频参数持续产生相应导频信号;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频调制深度,所述第二导频调制深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, to any one of the ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, The first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the controller is further configured to: when receiving the location After the second pilot parameter sent by the HEE and the normal service sending command, the optical transmitter is controlled to start transmitting a normal service optical signal and continuously generate a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter; wherein, the second The pilot parameters include a second pilot modulation depth, the second pilot modulation depth being less than the first pilot modulation depth.

结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述控制器还用于根据所述第一导频参数、所述第一扫描参数对所述光发送器进行参数配置;并当所述光接收器接收到所述HEE发送的关闭命令时,停止参数配置过程并将之前的配置清零。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, to any one of the tenth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, The controller is further configured to perform parameter configuration on the optical transmitter according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter; and stop when the optical receiver receives the shutdown command sent by the HEE The parameter configuration process clears the previous configuration.

结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中的任意一种,在第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述光接收器还用于:在所述停止波长扫描的过程中,当接收到所述HEE发送的异常命令时,所述控制器控制所述光发送器停止发送所述第一扫描光信号,并控制所述光接收器接收所述HEE发送的新的调谐信息以及新的开始扫描命令;所述光发送器还用于:按照所述新的调谐信息发送新的扫描光信号给所述HEE;所述调谐信息包括导频参数和扫描参数;所述异常命令包括目标波长、导频参数、功率初始化命令以及开始扫描命令中的任意一个或任意组合。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, to any one of the eleventh possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, The optical receiver is further configured to: in the process of stopping the wavelength scanning, when receiving the abnormal command sent by the HEE, the controller controls the optical transmitter to stop transmitting the first scanning optical signal And controlling the optical receiver to receive new tuning information sent by the HEE and a new start scan command; the optical transmitter is further configured to: send a new scan optical signal to the new tuning information according to the new tuner information HEE; the tuning information includes a pilot parameter and a scan parameter; the abnormal command includes any one or any combination of a target wavelength, a pilot parameter, a power initialization command, and a start scan command.

本发明实施例中提供的一个或多个技术方案,至少具有如下技术效果或优点:One or more technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present invention have at least the following technical effects or advantages:

在本发明实施例中,HEE会为每个TEE分配一个互不相同的第一导频频率,多个TEE可以基于自身的第一导频频率同时发送第一扫描光信号给HEE,而HEE可以基于每个TEE的第一导频频率同时对多个TEE进行判断是否与目标波长通道匹配。因此,本发明实施例中的方法可以支持多个TEE的并行通道匹配,匹配成功率高,而且匹配速度快。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the HEE allocates a first pilot frequency different from each other for each TEE, and multiple TEEs can simultaneously transmit the first scanning optical signal to the HEE based on the first pilot frequency of the TEE, and the HEE can A plurality of TEEs are simultaneously judged based on the first pilot frequency of each TEE to match the target wavelength channel. Therefore, the method in the embodiment of the present invention can support parallel channel matching of multiple TEEs, the matching success rate is high, and the matching speed is fast.

附图说明DRAWINGS

图1为本发明实施例提供的一种WDM光网络的结构图;FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a WDM optical network according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图2为本发明实施例提供的一种HEE侧的端口匹配方法的流程图;2 is a flowchart of a port matching method on a HEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图3为本发明实施例提供的一种TEE侧的端口匹配方法的流程图;FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for port matching on a TEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图4为本发明实施例提供的另一种TEE侧的端口匹配方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of another method for port matching on a TEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图5为本发明实施例提供的一种HEE侧的端口匹配的可能的实现流程;FIG. 5 is a schematic implementation flowchart of port matching on the HEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图6为本发明实施例提供的一种TEE侧的端口匹配的可能的实现流程;FIG. 6 is a schematic implementation flowchart of port matching on a TEE side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;

图7为本发明实施例提供的一种HEE的工作状态关系图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a working state relationship of an HEE according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.

图8为本发明实施例提供的一种TEE的工作状态关系图;FIG. 8 is a diagram of a working state relationship of a TEE according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图9为本发明实施例提供的一种端口匹配装置的功能框图;FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram of a port matching apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图10为本发明实施例提供的另一种端口匹配装置的功能框图;FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram of another port matching apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图11为本发明实施例提供的一种波长锁定单元的结构图;FIG. 11 is a structural diagram of a wavelength locking unit according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图12为本发明实施例提供的一种TEE的结构框图。FIG. 12 is a structural block diagram of a TEE according to an embodiment of the present invention.

具体实施方式detailed description

本发明实施例提供一种端口匹配方法及装置,用以解决现有技术中存在的端口匹配容易失败或匹配时间过长的技术问题。The embodiment of the invention provides a port matching method and device, which are used to solve the technical problem that the port matching in the prior art is easy to fail or the matching time is too long.

为解决上述技术问题,本发明实施例的技术方案的主要思路如下:To solve the above technical problem, the main ideas of the technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention are as follows:

HEE会为每个TEE分配一个互不相同的第一导频频率,多个TEE可以基于自身的第一导频频率同时发送第一扫描光信号给HEE,而HEE可以基于每个TEE的第一导频频率同时对多个TEE进行判断是否与目标波长通道匹配。因此,本发明实施例中的方法可以支持多个TEE的并行通道匹配,匹配成功率高,而且匹配速度快。The HEE allocates a different first pilot frequency for each TEE, and multiple TEEs can simultaneously transmit the first scanning optical signal to the HEE based on its own first pilot frequency, and the HEE can be based on the first of each TEE. The pilot frequency simultaneously determines whether multiple TEEs match the target wavelength channel. Therefore, the method in the embodiment of the present invention can support parallel channel matching of multiple TEEs, the matching success rate is high, and the matching speed is fast.

为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于 本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. based on All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.

另外,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In addition, the term "and/or" herein is merely an association relationship describing an associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist at the same time. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.

请参考图1所示,为本发明实施例提供的一种WDM光网络的结构示意图。该光网络包括HEE、传输链路、TEE、以及功分器。HEE包括n个调制驱动器(英文:Modulation Driver,简称:MD)、n个不同波长的光收发器、光复用器(英文:Optical Multiplexer,简称:OM)、光解复用器(英文:Optical Demultiplexer,简称:OD)、控制器以及波长锁定单元(英文:Wavelength locking unit,简称:WLU)。其中,n为正整数。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a WDM optical network according to an embodiment of the present invention. The optical network includes HEE, transmission links, TEE, and power splitters. HEE includes n modulation drivers (English: Modulation Driver, MD for short), n optical transceivers with different wavelengths, optical multiplexers (English: Optical Multiplexer, OM for short), optical demultiplexers (English: Optical Demultiplexer) , referred to as: OD), controller and wavelength locking unit (English: Wavelength locking unit, referred to as: WLU). Where n is a positive integer.

其中,n个MD的输出端分别与n个光收发器一一对应的连接。具体的,每个光收发器可以包括在物理上相互独立或集成在一起的光发送器以及光接收器。MD的输出端与光收发器的光发送器连接。MD的第一输入端用于接收业务数据光信号。MD的第二输入端与控制器连接。The output ends of the n MDs are respectively connected to the n optical transceivers in one-to-one correspondence. In particular, each optical transceiver can include an optical transmitter and an optical receiver that are physically separate or integrated with each other. The output of the MD is connected to the optical transmitter of the optical transceiver. The first input of the MD is for receiving a service data optical signal. The second input of the MD is connected to the controller.

n个光收发器与n个头端端口一一对应,并且n个光收发器与OM/OD连接。OD用于将上行波分复用信号进行解复用,分别传输给对应的光收发器。OM用于将n个光收发器输出的n路光信号进行波分复用,形成下行波分复用信号。The n optical transceivers are in one-to-one correspondence with the n head-end ports, and the n optical transceivers are connected to the OM/OD. The OD is used to demultiplex the uplink wavelength division multiplexed signals and transmit them to the corresponding optical transceivers. The OM is used to wavelength division multiplex the n optical signals output by the n optical transceivers to form a downlink wavelength division multiplexed signal.

TEE的数量为n,每个TEE分别与一个尾端端口一一对应。换言之,n个TEE分别与n个光收发器一一对应,所以HEE可以通过n个光收发器分别与n个TEE进行通信。The number of TEEs is n, and each TEE has a one-to-one correspondence with one tail port. In other words, n TEEs are in one-to-one correspondence with n optical transceivers, so HEE can communicate with n TEEs through n optical transceivers, respectively.

在实际运用中,控制器和WLU在物理上可以是单独的,也可以是集成在一起。控制器和n个MD在物理上可以是相互独立的,也可以是集成在一起的。In practice, the controller and the WLU can be physically separate or integrated. The controller and the n MDs may be physically independent of each other or may be integrated.

功分器可以是HEE的一部分,也可以是传输链路上的一部分。功分器的 两个输出端分别与WLU、OM/OD连接。与OM/OD连接的一端是双向通信的,而与WLU连接的一端是单向的,由功分器到WLU。The power splitter can be part of the HEE or part of the transmission link. Power splitter The two outputs are connected to WLU, OM/OD, respectively. One end of the connection with the OM/OD is bidirectional, and the end connected to the WLU is unidirectional, from the splitter to the WLU.

传输链路可以为环形、链形、树形等多种网络拓扑结构。The transmission link can be a plurality of network topologies such as a ring, a chain, and a tree.

接下来请参考图2所示,为本发明实施例提供的一种端口匹配方法的流程图。在本实施例中,图2所示的方法应用于如图1中所示的HEE。如图2所示,该方法包括:Next, please refer to FIG. 2, which is a flowchart of a port matching method according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the present embodiment, the method shown in FIG. 2 is applied to the HEE as shown in FIG. 1. As shown in Figure 2, the method includes:

步骤11:HEE向n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令;第一导频参数包括第一导频频率,每一个TEE对应的第一导频频率互不相同;第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;Step 11: The HEE sends the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n TEEs respectively. The first pilot parameter includes the first pilot frequency, and the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE is different from each other. The first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range;

步骤12:HEE接收n个TEE中m个TEE分别以第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号;其中,m个TEE中每个TEE发送的第一扫描光信号包含每个TEE的第一导频频率的信息;m为小于或等于n的正整数;Step 12: The HEE receives a first scan optical signal that is sent by each of the m TEEs of the n TEEs with the first scan parameter, where the first scan optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the first guide of each TEE. Frequency frequency information; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n;

步骤13:HEE根据第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配;Step 13: The HEE determines, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether the wavelength of the transmitting light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel;

步骤14:当存在第一TEE时,向第一TEE发送停止扫描命令。Step 14: When the first TEE is present, a stop scan command is sent to the first TEE.

可选的,在步骤12之前,例如在步骤11中,HEE还向n个TEE分别发送目标波长;其中,目标波长为每个TEE最终要调谐至的波长,每一个TEE对应的目标波长互不相同。Optionally, before step 12, for example, in step 11, the HEE further sends the target wavelength to the n TEEs respectively; wherein the target wavelength is the wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, and the target wavelength corresponding to each TEE is not the same.

具体的,当在步骤12之前HEE也发送目标波长给每个TEE,那么根据TEE是否具有波长锁定能力,TEE侧的处理流程不尽相同。对于不具有波长锁定能力或具有波长锁定能力的TEE而言,请参考图3所示,为本发明实施例提供的TEE侧的端口匹配方法的流程图。当在步骤12之前没有发送目标波长时,不管是否具有波长锁定功能,TEE侧的处理流程也同图3所示。Specifically, when the HEE also sends the target wavelength to each TEE before the step 12, the processing flow on the TEE side is different according to whether the TEE has the wavelength locking capability. For a TEE that does not have a wavelength locking capability or a wavelength locking capability, refer to FIG. 3, which is a flowchart of a method for port matching on the TEE side according to an embodiment of the present invention. When the target wavelength is not transmitted before step 12, the processing flow on the TEE side is the same as that shown in FIG. 3 regardless of whether or not the wavelength locking function is provided.

如图3所示,该方法包括:As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes:

步骤21:TEE接收HEE发送的第一导频参数、第一扫描参数;其中,第一导频参数包括第一导频频率;第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围; Step 21: The TEE receives the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter sent by the HEE, where the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, where the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range.

步骤22:在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,根据第一导频频率和第一扫描参数开始发送第一扫描光信号给HEE;Step 22: Upon receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, start transmitting the first scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter;

步骤23:TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,停止波长扫描,保持当前波长不变。Step 23: When receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops the wavelength scanning and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.

而对于具有波长锁定功能的TEE而言,还可以采用如图4所示的处理方法,该方法包括:For the TEE with the wavelength locking function, the processing method shown in FIG. 4 can also be adopted, and the method includes:

步骤31:TEE接收HEE发送的目标波长、第一导频参数、第一扫描参数;其中,第一导频参数包括第一导频频率;第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;Step 31: The TEE receives the target wavelength, the first pilot parameter, and the first scan parameter sent by the HEE. The first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency. The first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan. range;

步骤32:TEE将自身的发送波长调谐至所述目标波长;Step 32: The TEE tunes its own transmission wavelength to the target wavelength;

步骤33:TEE在接收到HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,根据第一导频频率向HEE发送上报光信号;其中,上报光信号用于指示TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE;Step 33: The TEE sends a report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission; wherein, the reported optical signal is used to indicate that the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength locking function;

步骤34:TEE在接收到HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,停止发送上报光信号,并保持当前波长不变。Step 34: When receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops transmitting the report optical signal and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.

在实际运用中,n个TEE可能全部不具有波长锁定功能,可能全部具有波长锁定功能,可能部分具有波长锁定功能。具有波长锁定功能的TEE可以执行如图4所示的方法。In practical applications, all of the n TEEs may not have a wavelength locking function, and all may have a wavelength locking function, and may partially have a wavelength locking function. A TEE having a wavelength locking function can perform the method as shown in FIG.

以下将结合图2、图3和图4详细描述本发明实施例中端口匹配的实施过程。The implementation process of port matching in the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 2, FIG. 3 and FIG.

首先,在步骤11中,HEE可以是依次发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数和开始扫描命令。可选的,第一导频参数还可以包括第一导频调制深度。可选的,HEE还发送目标波长,每个TEE对应的目标波长不相同。First, in step 11, the HEE may sequentially transmit the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command. Optionally, the first pilot parameter may further include a first pilot modulation depth. Optionally, the HEE also sends the target wavelength, and the target wavelength corresponding to each TEE is different.

具体的,HEE通过控制信息通道(CIC)发送上述调谐信息。Specifically, the HEE transmits the above tuning information through a control information channel (CIC).

CIC具体可以是HEE使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成的。可选的,低频可以是指频率小于50MHz的频率,调制深度小于50%可以认为是低调制深度。 The CIC may be specifically generated by HEE using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to amplitude modulate the intensity of the traffic data optical signal. Alternatively, the low frequency may refer to a frequency having a frequency less than 50 MHz, and the modulation depth less than 50% may be considered as a low modulation depth.

可选的,该信号可以是但不限于是:不归零码信号、正弦波信号。Optionally, the signal may be, but is not limited to, a non-return to zero code signal, a sine wave signal.

在实际运用中,可以由如图1中所示的控制单元控制各个MD生成所述CIC,并且将每个TEE对应的调谐信息承载在CIC上,并通过与每个TEE对应的光收发器发送给对应的TEE。In practical use, the CIC may be generated by controlling each MD by a control unit as shown in FIG. 1, and the tuning information corresponding to each TEE is carried on the CIC and transmitted through an optical transceiver corresponding to each TEE. Give the corresponding TEE.

举例来说,TEE1的目标波长为λ1,对应的第一导频频率为f1。TEE2的目标波长为λ2,对应的第一导频频率为f2。不同的TEE对应的扫描参数可以是相同的。For example, the target wavelength of TEE1 is λ1, and the corresponding first pilot frequency is f1. The target wavelength of TEE2 is λ2, and the corresponding first pilot frequency is f2. The scan parameters corresponding to different TEEs may be the same.

当HEE通过上述方式发送了各种调谐参数之后,对应的,在TEE侧即执行步骤21或步骤31。需要说明的是,如果HEE是通过上述描述的CIC发送的各种调谐信息,那么在TEE侧,可以利用滤波器滤除数据业务信号,就可以获得调谐信息。After the HEE transmits various tuning parameters in the above manner, correspondingly, step 21 or step 31 is performed on the TEE side. It should be noted that if the HEE is various tuning information transmitted by the CIC described above, on the TEE side, the data traffic signal can be filtered out by using a filter, and the tuning information can be obtained.

需要说明的是,在步骤21之后,在TEE接收到HEE发送的开始命令之前,TEE根据第一导频参数、第一扫描参数对所述TEE进行参数配置。具体的,例如对TEE的光发送器的扫描参数按照第一扫描参数进行配置。在配置过程中,当TEE接收到HEE发送的关闭命令时,停止参数配置过程并将之前的配置清零。可以再重新回到步骤21。It should be noted that, after the step T21, before the TEE receives the start command of the HEE transmission, the TEE performs parameter configuration on the TEE according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter. Specifically, for example, the scanning parameters of the optical transmitter of the TEE are configured according to the first scanning parameter. During the configuration process, when the TEE receives the shutdown command sent by HEE, it stops the parameter configuration process and clears the previous configuration. You can go back to step 21 again.

在TEE侧,按照图3所示的方法,在步骤21之后,就执行步骤22,即根据第一导频频率和第一扫描参数开始发送第一扫描光信号给HEE。On the TEE side, according to the method shown in FIG. 3, after step 21, step 22 is performed to start transmitting the first scanning optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scanning parameter.

具体包括根据第一导频参数、第一扫描参数调整自身的光发送机的各参数,然后发送第一扫描光信号给HEE。即开始波长扫描。Specifically, the method includes: adjusting each parameter of the optical transmitter according to the first pilot parameter and the first scanning parameter, and then transmitting the first scanning optical signal to the HEE. That is, the wavelength scan is started.

通常来讲,TEE可以先从第一扫描范围内的最小波长开始扫描,然后逐步按照第一扫描步进增加。In general, the TEE can start scanning from the smallest wavelength in the first scan range and then gradually increase in the first scan step.

其中,第一扫描光信号包含对应的TEE的第一导频频率的信息,该第一导频频率的信息被HEE用于区分每个TEE。The first scan optical signal includes information of a first pilot frequency of the corresponding TEE, and the information of the first pilot frequency is used by the HEE to distinguish each TEE.

当TEE侧在步骤22中发送第一扫描光信号之后,对应的,在HEE侧,HEE执行步骤12,即接收n个TEE中m个TEE分别以第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号。m个TEE为不具有波长锁定功能的TEE,也可以包括具有 波长锁定功能的TEE。After the TEE side sends the first scanning optical signal in step 22, correspondingly, on the HEE side, the HEE performs step 12, that is, receives the first scanning optical signal that the m TEEs of the n TEEs respectively transmit with the first scanning parameter. m TEEs are TEEs without wavelength locking function, and may also include TEE for wavelength lock function.

需要说明的是,在步骤12中的接收,可以是通过光接收器进行接收,也可以是由如图1中所示的WLU进行接收。即上行的第一扫描光信号经过功分器直接进入WLU。It should be noted that the receiving in step 12 may be received by the optical receiver, or may be received by the WLU as shown in FIG. 1. That is, the uplink first scanning optical signal directly enters the WLU through the power splitter.

接下来,HEE执行步骤13,根据第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配。具体的,HEE对每个TEE发送的第一扫描光信号进行处理,获得与每个TEE对应的第一电信号;HEE确定第一电信号在与每个TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度值是否超过预设阈值;其中,当有幅度值超过所述预设阈值时,表示存在第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,并且幅度值超过所述预设阈值处的第一导频频率对应的TEE为所述第一TEE。Next, the HEE performs step 13 to determine whether the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel based on the first scanned optical signal. Specifically, the HEE processes the first scan optical signal sent by each TEE to obtain a first electrical signal corresponding to each TEE; and the HEE determines that the first electrical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE. Whether the amplitude value exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when the amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold, indicating that the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, and the amplitude value exceeds the first at the preset threshold The TEE corresponding to the pilot frequency is the first TEE.

因为波分复用器件通道隔离度的作用,如果发送光波长与目标波长通道不匹配时,会对发送光信号的功率产生损耗。而幅度和光信号的功率成线性关系,所以如果幅度大于预设阈值,那么就表示功率大于功率阈值,即表示发送光波长对准了目标波长通道。如果幅度小于预设阈值,那么就表示功率小于功率阈值,即表示发送光波长没有对准目标波长通道。Because of the channel isolation of the wavelength division multiplexing device, if the wavelength of the transmitted light does not match the target wavelength channel, the power of the transmitted optical signal is lost. The amplitude is linear with the power of the optical signal. Therefore, if the amplitude is greater than the preset threshold, it indicates that the power is greater than the power threshold, that is, the wavelength of the transmitted light is aligned with the target wavelength channel. If the amplitude is less than the preset threshold, it indicates that the power is less than the power threshold, that is, the wavelength of the transmitted light is not aligned with the target wavelength channel.

其中,预设阈值可以是预先设定的。预设阈值可以是幅度的阈值,也可以是幅度与电谱噪声的比值,即特定的信噪比。预设阈值的取值范围例如是5-30dB之间。The preset threshold may be preset. The preset threshold may be a threshold of amplitude or a ratio of amplitude to electrical spectral noise, ie a specific signal to noise ratio. The preset threshold has a value range of, for example, 5-30 dB.

举例来说,HEE将第一扫描光信号进行光电转换,形成第一电信号。并通过对第一电信号进行傅里叶变换得到信号的频谱,进而可以得知在每个TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度是否超过预设阈值。For example, the HEE photoelectrically converts the first scanned optical signal to form a first electrical signal. And obtaining a spectrum of the signal by Fourier transforming the first electrical signal, and further knowing whether the amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE exceeds a preset threshold.

在实际运用中,也可以通过其它方式确定是否存在第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,本发明不作具体限定。In an actual application, it may be determined by other means whether the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, which is not specifically limited in the present invention.

可选的,步骤13可以由如图1中的WLU执行。Alternatively, step 13 can be performed by the WLU as in FIG.

其中,第一TEE的数量可能是一个,也可能是多个。Among them, the number of the first TEE may be one or more.

对于存在第一TEE时,HEE执行步骤14,即向第一TEE发送停止扫描 命令。该停止扫描命令可以是通过前述CIC发送的。For the presence of the first TEE, the HEE performs step 14, that is, sends a stop scan to the first TEE. command. The stop scan command may be sent through the aforementioned CIC.

对应的,在TEE侧,执行步骤23,即在接收到HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,停止波长扫描,保持当前波长不变。需要说明的是,在停止波长扫描时,波长不再按照扫描步进进行变化,即保持在当前波长不变,但是可以继续以当前波长发送第一扫描光信号。Correspondingly, on the TEE side, step 23 is executed, that is, when the stop scan command of the HEE transmission is received, the wavelength scanning is stopped, and the current wavelength is kept unchanged. It should be noted that when the wavelength scanning is stopped, the wavelength does not change according to the scanning step, that is, remains unchanged at the current wavelength, but the first scanning optical signal can continue to be transmitted at the current wavelength.

到此为止,第一TEE的端口匹配成功,当前波长即为目标波长。At this point, the port of the first TEE is successfully matched, and the current wavelength is the target wavelength.

对于没有匹配成功的其它TEE,则继续执行步骤12和步骤13,直至匹配成功。For other TEEs that do not match successfully, continue with steps 12 and 13 until the match is successful.

需要说明的是,在步骤23中,停止了波长扫描,保持当前波长不变,在这个过程中,当TEE接收到HEE发送的异常命令时,TEE停止发送第一扫描光信号,并重新回到步骤21和步骤22,换言之,TEE接收HEE发送的新的调谐信息以及新的开始扫描命令,并按照新的调谐信息发送新的扫描光信号给HEE。其中,调谐信息包括导频参数、扫描参数、进一步还可以包括目标波长、HEE的发送功率和功率初始化命令等。It should be noted that, in step 23, the wavelength scanning is stopped, and the current wavelength is kept unchanged. In this process, when the TEE receives the abnormal command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops transmitting the first scanning optical signal and returns to the same. Step 21 and step 22, in other words, the TEE receives the new tuning information sent by the HEE and the new start scan command, and transmits a new scanning optical signal to the HEE according to the new tuning information. The tuning information includes a pilot parameter, a scan parameter, and may further include a target wavelength, a transmission power of the HEE, and a power initialization command.

其中,异常命令包括异常的目标波长、导频参数、功率初始化命令开始扫描命令中的任意一个或任意组合。The abnormal command includes any one or any combination of an abnormal target wavelength, a pilot parameter, and a power initialization command start scan command.

由以上描述可以看出,在本发明实施例中,HEE会为每个TEE分配一个互不相同的第一导频频率,多个TEE可以基于自身的第一导频频率同时发送第一扫描光信号给HEE,而HEE可以基于每个TEE的第一导频频率同时对多个TEE进行判断是否与目标波长通道匹配。因此,本发明实施例中的方法可以支持多个TEE的并行通道匹配,匹配成功率高,而且匹配速度快。As can be seen from the above description, in the embodiment of the present invention, the HEE allocates a first pilot frequency different from each other for each TEE, and multiple TEEs can simultaneously transmit the first scanning light based on the first pilot frequency of the first TEE. The signal is sent to the HEE, and the HEE can simultaneously determine whether the plurality of TEEs match the target wavelength channel based on the first pilot frequency of each TEE. Therefore, the method in the embodiment of the present invention can support parallel channel matching of multiple TEEs, the matching success rate is high, and the matching speed is fast.

举例来说,假设系统的波长数量为80,波长通道间隔50GHz,第一扫描步进为12.5GHz,第一扫描范围要覆盖80个波长。系统最大传输距离为80km,传输各种调谐信息为64bit,调谐信息的传输速率为100kb/s,设备处理延时为0.1ms。For example, suppose the system has a wavelength of 80, a wavelength channel spacing of 50 GHz, a first scanning step of 12.5 GHz, and a first scanning range covering 80 wavelengths. The maximum transmission distance of the system is 80km, the transmission tuning information is 64bit, the transmission rate of the tuning information is 100kb/s, and the processing delay of the device is 0.1ms.

如果按照本发明实施例中的方法进行匹配,每一步扫描时间T=80×2×105)/(3×108/1.5)+(64×2)/(100×103)+0.1=2.28ms。而单个TEE的 端口匹配时间最大为10×80×2.28ms=1.824s。而系统整理的端口匹配速度为1.824s×80=145.92s。由此可见,本发明实施例中的匹配方法的匹配速度远远大于背景技术中描述的现有技术的匹配方法的匹配速度。If matching is performed according to the method in the embodiment of the present invention, the scanning time of each step is T = 80 × 2 × 10 5 ) / (3 × 10 8 / 1.5) + (64 × 2) / (100 × 10 3 ) + 0.1 = 2.28ms. The port matching time of a single TEE is 10×80×2.28ms=1.824s. The system matching port matching speed is 1.824s×80=145.92s. It can be seen that the matching speed of the matching method in the embodiment of the present invention is far greater than the matching speed of the prior art matching method described in the background art.

按照图4所示的方法,在TEE侧,在步骤31之后,执行步骤32,即将自身的发送波长调谐至目标波长。因为TEE具有波长锁定功能,所以TEE可以直接进行波长的调整。可选的,还根据第一导频参数调整自身的光发送机的参数。According to the method shown in FIG. 4, on the TEE side, after step 31, step 32 is performed to tune its own transmission wavelength to the target wavelength. Because the TEE has a wavelength lock function, the TEE can directly adjust the wavelength. Optionally, the parameters of the optical transmitter of the optical transmitter are also adjusted according to the first pilot parameter.

接下来,在TEE接收到开始扫描命令时,执行步骤33,即根据第一导频频率向HEE发送上报光信号;其中,上报光信号用于指示TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE。因为HEE并不知晓哪个TEE具有波长锁定功能,所以需要TEE发送上报光信号进行指示。那么对于HEE而言,就会接收n-m个TEE分别发送的所述n-m个TEE各自的上报光信号,所述上报光信号对应各自的第一导频频率。在本实施例中,m小于n。然后HEE在接收到上报光信号后,根据上报光信号对应的第一导频频率,即可获知哪个TEE具有波长锁定功能。然后HEE控制与该TEE对应的光收发机将停止扫描命令发送给具有波长锁定功能的TEE。Next, when the TEE receives the start scan command, step 33 is performed, that is, the report optical signal is sent to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency; wherein the report optical signal is used to indicate that the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength lock function. Because HEE does not know which TEE has a wavelength lock function, the TEE is required to send a report optical signal for indication. Then, for the HEE, the respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs are received, and the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies. In this embodiment, m is smaller than n. Then, after receiving the reported optical signal, the HEE can know which TEE has the wavelength locking function according to the first pilot frequency corresponding to the reported optical signal. The HEE then controls the optical transceiver corresponding to the TEE to send a stop scan command to the TEE with the wavelength lock function.

对应的,TEE接收该停止扫描命令,并停止发送所述上报光信号,并保持当前波长不变。也就是说,该TEE已经匹配成功。Correspondingly, the TEE receives the stop scan command and stops transmitting the reported optical signal and keeps the current wavelength unchanged. In other words, the TEE has been successfully matched.

进一步,因为经过前述方法进行端口匹配,第一TEE的发送光波长虽然对准了目标波长通道,但是可能并没有对准目标波长通道的中心,容易造成发送光信号的功率损耗,所以为了使得第一TEE的发送光波长对准目标波长通道的中心,在步骤13的判断结果为存在第一TEE时,且在步骤14之前,该方法还包括:HEE确定在第一TEE在第一扫描范围内进行扫描时,第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。换言之,在幅度达到最大值时,才执行步骤14,向第一TEE发送停止扫描命令。Further, because the port matching is performed by the foregoing method, the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE is aligned with the target wavelength channel, but may not be aligned with the center of the target wavelength channel, which easily causes power loss of the transmitted optical signal, so The wavelength of the transmitted light of a TEE is aligned with the center of the target wavelength channel. When the result of the determination in step 13 is that the first TEE exists, and before step 14, the method further includes: determining, by the HEE, that the first TEE is within the first scan range. When scanning is performed, the amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal reaches a maximum at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. In other words, when the amplitude reaches the maximum value, step 14 is performed to send a stop scan command to the first TEE.

具体的,HEE确定在第一TEE在第一扫描范围内完成一次扫描时,第一 扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;HEE确定第一TEE在第一扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Specifically, the HEE determines that when the first TEE completes a scan within the first scan range, the first a maximum amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the scan optical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; and HEE determining that the first TEE performs a second scan within the first scan range, the first scan optical signal corresponds to The amplitude of the first electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value.

举例来说,就是第一TEE在进行第一次扫描时,HEE持续记录第一TEE发送的第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度,最后选出幅度最大的值。当然,这个幅度最大值必然是大于预设阈值的。For example, when the first TEE performs the first scan, the HEE continuously records the amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanned optical signal sent by the first TEE at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. Finally, the largest value is selected. Of course, this amplitude maximum must be greater than the preset threshold.

然后,第一TEE开始进行第二次扫描,扫描参数相同,发送的扫描光信号即为第一扫描光信号,HEE持续监控第一扫描信号对应的第一电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度,直至再次达到最大值,就向第一TEE发送停止扫描命令。对应于TEE侧,TEE均执行步骤22。Then, the first TEE starts the second scanning, the scanning parameters are the same, the transmitted scanning optical signal is the first scanning optical signal, and the HEE continuously monitors the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning signal in the first corresponding to the first TEE. The amplitude at the pilot frequency, until reaching the maximum again, sends a stop scan command to the first TEE. Corresponding to the TEE side, the TEE performs step 22.

幅度达到最大值,表示第一TEE的当前波长对准了目标波长通道的中心,所以可以表示端口匹配成功。The amplitude reaches a maximum value, indicating that the current wavelength of the first TEE is aligned with the center of the target wavelength channel, so that the port matching is successful.

在实际运用中,也可能在第一次扫描没有完成时,就已找到幅度最大值,所以不需要等到第一次扫描完成即可开始第二次扫描。In practice, it is also possible to find the maximum amplitude when the first scan is not completed, so there is no need to wait until the first scan is completed to start the second scan.

可以使得第一TEE的发送光波长对准目标波长通道的中心的另一种可能的实现方式为:在步骤13的判断结果为存在第一TEE时,且在步骤14之前,该方法还包括:HEE向第一TEE发送第二扫描参数,其中,第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;第二扫描步进小于第一扫描步进,和/或第二扫描范围小于第一扫描范围;HEE接收第一TEE以第二扫描参数发送的第二扫描光信号;HEE确定第一TEE在第二扫描范围内扫描时,第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。Another possible implementation manner of aligning the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE with the center of the target wavelength channel is as follows: when the result of the determination in step 13 is that the first TEE exists, and before the step 14, the method further includes: The HEE sends a second scan parameter to the first TEE, wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step, and/or the second scan range is smaller than a scanning range; the HEE receives the second scanning optical signal sent by the first TEE with the second scanning parameter; and the HEE determines that the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal is the first when the first TEE scans within the second scanning range. The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the TEE reaches a maximum.

具体的,HEE确定第一TEE在第二扫描范围内扫描时,第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值,包括:HEE确定第一TEE在第二扫描范围内完成一次扫描时,第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;所述 HEE确定第一TEE在第二扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Specifically, when the HEE determines that the first TEE scans in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal reaches a maximum value at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE, including: HEE determination. When the first TEE completes one scan in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal has a maximum amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; When the HEE determines that the first TEE performs the second scan in the second scan range, the amplitude of the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal reaches the maximum value at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE.

在实际运用中,也可以通过其它方式确定第一TEE在第二扫描范围内扫描时,第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值,例如通过与前一次的幅度值进行比较,当幅度值由小变大,再由大开始变小时,即可认为找到了幅度最大值,所以可以不用进行后面的扫描,而直接开始第二次扫描,直到达到幅度最大值。In an actual application, when the first TEE is scanned in the second scanning range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal reaches a maximum amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. The value, for example, by comparing with the previous amplitude value, when the amplitude value is changed from small to large, and then from large to small, it can be considered that the maximum value is found, so the second scan can be started without the subsequent scan. A scan is performed until the amplitude maximum is reached.

对应的,在TEE侧,在执行步骤22的同时,持续检测是否接收到HEE发送的第二扫描参数;第一TEE在第二扫描参数与第一扫描参数不同时,根据第一导频频率和第二扫描参数开始发送第二扫描光信号给HEE。Correspondingly, on the TEE side, while performing step 22, continuously detecting whether the second scan parameter sent by the HEE is received; when the second scan parameter is different from the first scan parameter, the first TEE is based on the first pilot frequency and The second scan parameter begins to transmit a second scan light signal to the HEE.

在本实施例中,将第一TEE的发送光波长对准目标波长通道的原理和过程与前述实施例是类似的,所以在此不再赘述。而在本实施例中,因为经过步骤13,已经完成了粗略匹配,所以可以不需要大范围的进行扫描,扫描步进可以调小一些。因此,HEE向第一TEE下发第二扫描参数,第二扫描参数小于第一扫描参数,所以可以提高端口匹配的速度。In this embodiment, the principle and process of aligning the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE with the target wavelength channel are similar to those of the foregoing embodiment, and thus are not described herein again. In the present embodiment, since the rough matching has been completed after step 13, the scanning step can be reduced by a large range without scanning. Therefore, the HEE sends a second scan parameter to the first TEE, and the second scan parameter is smaller than the first scan parameter, so the speed of port matching can be improved.

举例来说,继续以前述例子为例,假设第二扫描步进为5GHz,扫描范围为100GHz,即两个波长通道间隔。在这种情况下,单个TEE的端口匹配时间最大为4×80×2.28+20×2.28=0.775s。由此可见,本实施例中的方法可以进一步提高端口匹配速度。For example, continue with the foregoing example as an example, assuming that the second scanning step is 5 GHz and the scanning range is 100 GHz, that is, two wavelength channel intervals. In this case, the port matching time of a single TEE is up to 4×80×2.28+20×2.28=0.775s. It can be seen that the method in this embodiment can further improve the port matching speed.

可选的,该方法还包括:HEE确定波长偏差信息或功率调整信息,并将波长偏差信息或功率调整信息发送给第一TEE。对应的,第一TEE接收HEE发送的波长偏差信息或功率调整信息,并根据波长偏差信息调整当前波长,或根据功率调整信息调整TEE的发送光功率。通过本实施例中的方法,能够达到精细匹配。Optionally, the method further includes: determining, by the HEE, the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information, and transmitting the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information to the first TEE. Correspondingly, the first TEE receives the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, and adjusts the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjusts the transmission optical power of the TEE according to the power adjustment information. With the method in this embodiment, fine matching can be achieved.

在实际运用中,HEE确定波长偏差信息或功率调整信息有多种方式,以下将详细进行描述。In practical applications, there are many ways for HEE to determine wavelength deviation information or power adjustment information, which will be described in detail below.

具体的,对于图2所示的步骤11至步骤14的方法,确定波长偏差信息 包括步骤:HEE将经过波长校准具的第一扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第五电信号;HEE将第一扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第一电信号;HEE获取第一电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度超过预设阈值时的第五电信号和第一电信号;HEE根据第五电信号和第一电信号确定波长偏差信息。Specifically, for the method of step 11 to step 14 shown in FIG. 2, the wavelength deviation information is determined. The method includes the following steps: the HEE obtains a fifth electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the first scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device; the HEE obtains the first electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the first scanning optical signal; and the first electrical signal is obtained by the HEE The fifth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first pilot frequency corresponding to the TEE exceeds the preset threshold; and the HEE determines the wavelength deviation information according to the fifth electrical signal and the first electrical signal.

其中,波长校准具是一个具有已知滤波特性的光器件,在不同波长处的功率衰减量不同。Among them, the wavelength calibration tool is an optical device with known filtering characteristics, and the amount of power attenuation at different wavelengths is different.

设置在目标波长处的功率衰减量L。扫描光信号经过光分路器,平均分成两部分,一部分通过波长校准具后会产生一个特定的衰减量L1,而另一部分是不经过波长校准具的,所以没有衰减。两路信号相减就可以得到L1的值。当L1与L相等时,说明扫描光信号处在目标波长处。当L1与L不相等时,说明扫描光信号的波长有偏差。波长校准具的工作原理为本领域技术人员所熟知的内容,所以不再详述。Set the amount of power attenuation L at the target wavelength. The scanning optical signal passes through the optical splitter and is divided into two parts on average. One part passes through the wavelength calibration tool to generate a specific attenuation amount L1, and the other part does not pass the wavelength calibration tool, so there is no attenuation. The value of L1 can be obtained by subtracting the two signals. When L1 is equal to L, the scanning light signal is at the target wavelength. When L1 and L are not equal, it indicates that the wavelength of the scanning optical signal is deviated. The operation of the wavelength calibrator is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be described in detail.

因为幅度和功率成线性对应关系,因此,在本实施例中,经过波长校准具之后得到的第五电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度和没有经过波长校准具得到的第一电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度就会有差值,所以可以获得幅度差值。然后根据幅度和波长的转换公式,即可获知波长偏差值。Since the amplitude and the power are in a linear correspondence relationship, in the present embodiment, the amplitude of the fifth electrical signal obtained after passing through the wavelength calibration tool at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE and the wavelength calibration tool are not obtained. The amplitude of the first electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE is different, so that the amplitude difference can be obtained. Then, according to the conversion formula of the amplitude and the wavelength, the wavelength deviation value can be known.

具体的,对于具有波长锁定功能的TEE的实施例,确定波长偏差信息包括步骤:HEE将经过波长校准具的上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第一上报电信号;HEE将所上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第二上报电信号;HEE根据第一上报电信号和第二上报电信号确定波长偏差信息;HEE将波长偏差信息分别发送给对应的TEE,以使n-m个TEE能够根据对应的波长偏差信息调整目标波长。Specifically, for the embodiment of the TEE having the wavelength locking function, determining the wavelength deviation information includes the following steps: the HEE obtains the first reported electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the optical signal of the wavelength calibration tool; and the HEE photoelectrically reports the reported optical signal. After the conversion, the second reporting electrical signal is obtained; the HEE determines the wavelength deviation information according to the first reporting electrical signal and the second reporting electrical signal; the HEE sends the wavelength deviation information to the corresponding TEE, respectively, so that the n-m TEEs can be corresponding according to the corresponding The wavelength deviation information adjusts the target wavelength.

本实施例中的具体确定过程与上述实施例中的过程类似,只是依据的光信号不同。The specific determination process in this embodiment is similar to the process in the above embodiment except that the optical signals are different.

具体的,对于使用第二扫描参数的方法来说,确定波长偏差信息包括步 骤:HEE将经过波长校准具的所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第三电信号;HEE获取第二电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的第三电信号和第二电信号;HEE根据第三电信号和第二电信号确定波长偏差信息。Specifically, for the method using the second scan parameter, determining the wavelength deviation information includes step Step: HEE obtains a third electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device; and acquiring, by the HEE, the amplitude of the second electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum The third electrical signal and the second electrical signal at the time of the value; the HEE determines the wavelength deviation information based on the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal.

本实施例中的具体确定过程与上述实施例中的过程类似,只是依据的扫描光信号不同。The specific determination process in this embodiment is similar to the process in the above embodiment except that the scanning optical signals are different.

具体的,对于使用相同的扫描参数进行两次扫描的方法来说,确定波长偏差信息包括步骤:HEE将经过波长校准具的第一扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第四电信号;HEE获取第一电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的第四电信号和第一电信号;HEE根据第四电信号和第一电信号确定波长偏差信息。Specifically, for the method of performing the two scans using the same scanning parameter, determining the wavelength deviation information includes the following steps: the HEE obtains the fourth electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the first scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device; a fourth electrical signal and a first electrical signal when an amplitude of the electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value; HEE determines wavelength deviation information based on the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal.

本实施例中的具体确定过程与上述实施例中的过程类似,只是依据的扫描光信号不同。The specific determination process in this embodiment is similar to the process in the above embodiment except that the scanning optical signals are different.

具体的,对于使用第二扫描参数的方法来说,确定功率调整信息的方法包括:HEE获取幅度达到所述最大值时的第二电信号对应的第二扫描光信号的光功率;HEE确定目标接收光功率;其中,目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;HEE根据光功率和目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息。Specifically, for the method of using the second scan parameter, the method for determining the power adjustment information includes: acquiring, by the HEE, the optical power of the second scan optical signal corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; The received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, the minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink loss of the first TEE, and the HEE receiving optical power detection. The difference between the errors; the HEE determines the power adjustment information based on the difference between the optical power and the target received optical power.

具体来说,因为幅度与发送光功率成线性对应关系,所以只要计算出幅度达到最大值时的幅度即可计算出光功率。幅度等于转换系数、第一导频调制深度以及第二扫描光信号达到WLU时的光功率三者的乘积。转换系数为预设值。上述幅度计算方法同样适用于前述各个需要计算幅度的地方,不过只要将第二扫描信号替换为对应场景下的光扫描信号即可。Specifically, since the amplitude is linearly related to the transmitted optical power, the optical power can be calculated by calculating the amplitude at which the amplitude reaches the maximum value. The amplitude is equal to the product of the conversion factor, the first pilot modulation depth, and the optical power at which the second scanning optical signal reaches WLU. The conversion factor is a preset value. The above amplitude calculation method is also applicable to each of the foregoing places where the calculation of the amplitude is required, but it is only necessary to replace the second scan signal with the optical scan signal in the corresponding scene.

当然,在实际运用中,也可以是通过第一TEE对应的光收发器的光接收机第二扫描光信号的光功率,进而根据与目标接收光功率计算得到功率调整信息。 Of course, in actual operation, the optical power of the second scanning optical signal of the optical receiver of the optical transceiver corresponding to the first TEE may be used, and the power adjustment information may be calculated according to the target received optical power.

可选的,功率调整值即为光功率和目标接收光功率的差值。Optionally, the power adjustment value is the difference between the optical power and the target received optical power.

具体的,对于使用相同的扫描参数进行两次扫描的方法来说,确定功率调整信息包括步骤:HEE获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第一电信号对应的所述第一扫描光信号的光功率;HEE确定目标接收光功率;其中,目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;所述HEE根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息。Specifically, for the method of performing the two scans by using the same scan parameter, determining the power adjustment information includes the step of: acquiring, by the HEE, the first scan optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value The optical power; the HEE determines the target received optical power; wherein, the target received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, and the minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink of the first TEE. The difference between the loss and the HEE received optical power detection error; the HEE determines the power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power.

本实施例中的具体确定过程与上述实施例中的过程类似,只是依据的光信号不同,所以在此不再赘述。The specific determination process in this embodiment is similar to the process in the foregoing embodiment, except that the optical signals are different, and therefore will not be described herein.

具体的,对于具有波长锁定功能的TEE的实施例,确定功率调整信息包括步骤:HEE获取上报光信号的光功率;HEE确定目标接收光功率;其中,目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述n-m个TEE中对应的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;HEE根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;所述HEE将所述功率调整信息分别发送给所述n-m个TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE根据各自对应的所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。Specifically, for the embodiment of the TEE having the wavelength locking function, determining the power adjustment information includes the steps of: acquiring the optical power of the reported optical signal by the HEE; determining the target received optical power by the HEE; wherein the target received optical power is greater than the receiving of the normal transmission of the service data. The sum of the sensitivity and the equivalent power cost of the transmission link, the difference between the minimum transmission optical power and the maximum uplink loss in the n-m TEEs, and the detection error of the HEE received optical power; HEE according to the light The difference between the power and the target received optical power determines power adjustment information; the HEE sends the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs respectively, so that the n-m TEEs are according to respective corresponding The power adjustment information adjusts the transmitted optical power.

本实施例中的具体确定过程与上述实施例中的过程类似,只是依据的光信号不同,所以在此不再赘述。The specific determination process in this embodiment is similar to the process in the foregoing embodiment, except that the optical signals are different, and therefore will not be described herein.

进一步,在步骤14之后,该方法还包括:HEE向第一TEE发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;第二导频深度小于第一导频调制深度,以减小导频对正常业务光信号的影响。Further, after the step 14, the method further includes: the HEE sending the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command to the first TEE; wherein the second pilot parameter includes the second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the second A pilot modulation depth is used to reduce the impact of the pilot on normal service optical signals.

对应的,在TEE侧,在步骤23之后,该方法还包括:当TEE接收到HEE发送的第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令后,开始发送正常业务光信号并按照所述第二导频参数持续产生相应导频信号。Correspondingly, on the TEE side, after the step 23, the method further includes: after receiving the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command sent by the HEE, the TEE starts to send the normal service optical signal and according to the second pilot. The parameters continue to generate the corresponding pilot signal.

可选的,在发送开始扫描命令之前,该方法还包括:HEE向n个TEE分 别发送HEE的发送光功率或HEE的发送光功率范围;以使n个TEE能够基于HEE的发送光功率或HEE的发送光功率范围确定自身的初始发送光功率。进一步可选的,HEE还发送功率初始化命令给n个TEE,TEE在接收到发送功率初始化命令时,才开始根据HEE的发送光功率或HEE的发送光功率范围确定自身的初始发送光功率。Optionally, before sending the start scan command, the method further includes: HEE to n TEE points Do not transmit the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE; so that the n TEEs can determine their initial transmit optical power based on the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE. Further optionally, the HEE further sends a power initialization command to the n TEEs, and the TEE starts to determine its initial transmit optical power according to the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE when receiving the transmit power initialization command.

为便于描述,可以将HEE的发送光功率或HEE的发送光功率范围统称为初始功率调整信息。在实际运用中,初始功率调整信息还可以是其它信息,只要使得TEE能够基于该信息确定自身的初始发送光功率即可。For convenience of description, the transmission optical power of the HEE or the transmission optical power range of the HEE may be collectively referred to as initial power adjustment information. In actual use, the initial power adjustment information may also be other information as long as the TEE can determine its own initial transmitted optical power based on the information.

对应的,在TEE侧,在接收到HEE发送的开始扫描命令之前,该方法还包括:TEE接收HEE发送的HEE的初始功率调整信息;TEE根据所述初始功率调整信息确定所述TEE的初始发送光功率。Correspondingly, on the TEE side, before receiving the start scan command sent by the HEE, the method further includes: the TEE receiving the initial power adjustment information of the HEE sent by the HEE; and determining, by the TEE, the initial sending of the TEE according to the initial power adjustment information. Optical power.

当初始功率调整信息为HEE的发送光功率时,TEE根据所述发送光功率以及自身的接收光功率确定所述TEE的初始发送光功率。When the initial power adjustment information is the transmission optical power of the HEE, the TEE determines the initial transmission optical power of the TEE according to the transmission optical power and its own received optical power.

具体的,TEE根据接收到的发送光功率估计链路损耗,其中,链路损耗为所述发送光功率和TEE的接收光功率之差。TEE的初始发送光功率为不小于:TEE的扫描光信号到达HEE的最小光功率、链路损耗、以及为因检测误差而预留的功率余量的三者之和的值。其中,TEE的扫描光信号到达HEE的最小光功率是一个预设的值。Specifically, the TEE estimates the link loss according to the received transmit optical power, where the link loss is the difference between the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE. The initial transmitted optical power of the TEE is a value that is not less than the sum of the minimum optical power of the TEE scanning optical signal reaching the HEE, the link loss, and the power margin reserved for the detection error. The minimum optical power of the TEE scanning optical signal reaching the HEE is a preset value.

当初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率范围时,TEE确定所述HEE的发送光功率范围内的任一发送光功率为所述初始发送光功率。When the initial power adjustment information is the transmit optical power range of the HEE, the TEE determines that any of the transmit optical powers within the transmit optical power range of the HEE is the initial transmit optical power.

为了更好的说明本发明实施例中的端口匹配的实施过程,请再参考图5所示,为HEE侧一个可能的实施流程图。具体的,该方法包括:In order to better illustrate the implementation process of the port matching in the embodiment of the present invention, please refer to FIG. 5 again, which is a possible implementation flowchart of the HEE side. Specifically, the method includes:

步骤101:HEE向n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令;第一导频参数包括第一导频频率,每一个TEE对应的第一导频频率互不相同;第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;Step 101: The HEE sends the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n TEEs respectively. The first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE is different from each other. The first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range;

步骤102:HEE接收n个TEE中m个TEE分别以第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号;其中,m个TEE中每个TEE发送的第一扫描光信号包含所述 每个TEE的第一导频频率的信息;m为小于或等于n的正整数;Step 102: The HEE receives a first scan optical signal that is sent by the MTEs of the n TEEs by using the first scan parameter, where the first scan optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the Information of the first pilot frequency of each TEE; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n;

步骤103:HEE根据第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配;当存在第一TEE时,执行步骤104,当不存在第一TEE时,返回执行步骤101;Step 103: The HEE determines whether there is a first TEE transmission light wavelength matching the target wavelength channel according to the first scanning optical signal; when there is a first TEE, step 104 is performed, when there is no first TEE, return to step 101;

步骤104:HEE向第一TEE发送第二扫描参数,其中,第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;Step 104: The HEE sends a second scan parameter to the first TEE, where the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range.

步骤105:HEE接收第一TEE以第二扫描参数发送的第二扫描光信号;Step 105: The HEE receives the second scan optical signal sent by the first TEE with the second scan parameter.

步骤106:HEE确定第一TEE在第二扫描范围内完成一次扫描后,第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;Step 106: The HEE determines a maximum amplitude of the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE after the first TEE completes one scan in the second scanning range.

步骤107:HEE接收第一TEE在第二扫描范围内开始第二次扫描时发送的第二扫描光信号;Step 107: The HEE receives a second scanning optical signal that is sent when the first TEE starts the second scanning in the second scanning range.

步骤108:HEE判断第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度是否达到所述最大值;当判断结果为是时,执行步骤109,当判断结果为否时,继续执行步骤108;Step 108: The HEE determines whether the amplitude of the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal reaches the maximum value at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; when the determination result is yes, step 109 is performed, when determining If the result is no, proceed to step 108;

步骤109:HEE向第一TEE发送扫描停止命令;其中,幅度达到最大值表征第一TEE的当前波长已调谐至目标波长附近;Step 109: The HEE sends a scan stop command to the first TEE; wherein the amplitude reaches a maximum value to indicate that the current wavelength of the first TEE has been tuned to the vicinity of the target wavelength;

步骤110:HEE计算波长偏差信息和功率调整信息;Step 110: HEE calculates wavelength deviation information and power adjustment information;

步骤111:HEE发送波长偏差信息和功率调整信息给第一TEE;Step 111: The HEE sends the wavelength deviation information and the power adjustment information to the first TEE;

步骤112:HEE判断第一TEE的发送光波长和发送光功率是否均已调整完成,当调整完成时,执行步骤113,没有调整完成时,返回执行步骤110;Step 112: The HEE determines whether the transmission light wavelength and the transmission optical power of the first TEE have been adjusted. When the adjustment is completed, step 113 is performed, and when the adjustment is not completed, the process returns to step 110;

步骤113:HEE向第一TEE发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令。Step 113: The HEE sends a second pilot parameter and a normal service sending command to the first TEE.

请再参考图6所示,为TEE侧的一个可能的实施流程图。具体的,该方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 6 again, which is a possible implementation flowchart of the TEE side. Specifically, the method includes:

步骤201:TEE接收HEE发送的第一导频参数、第一扫描参数;其中,第一导频参数包括第一导频频率;第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围; Step 201: The TEE receives the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter sent by the HEE, where the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range.

步骤202:TEE判断是否接收到开始扫描命令;如果是,则执行步骤203,否则,就继续执行步骤202;Step 202: The TEE determines whether a start scan command is received; if yes, step 203 is performed; otherwise, step 202 is continued;

步骤203:TEE根据第一导频频率和第一扫描参数开始发送第一扫描光信号给HEE;并且持续检测是否接收到第二扫描参数;其中,第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;Step 203: The TEE starts to send the first scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter; and continuously detects whether the second scan parameter is received; wherein the second scan parameter includes the second scan step and the Second scan range;

步骤204:TEE判断第二扫描参数是否与第一扫描参数相同;当判断结果为否时,执行步骤205,当判断结果为是时,继续执行步骤203;Step 204: The TEE determines whether the second scan parameter is the same as the first scan parameter; when the determination result is no, step 205 is performed, and when the determination result is yes, step 203 is continued;

步骤205:根据第一导频频率和第二扫描参数开始发送第二扫描光信号给HEE;Step 205: Start transmitting a second scanning optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the second scanning parameter;

步骤206:TEE判断是否接收到停止扫描命令;当判断结果为否时,继续执行步骤206,当判断结果为是时,执行步骤207;Step 206: The TEE determines whether the stop scan command is received; when the judgment result is no, the process proceeds to step 206, and when the determination result is yes, step 207 is performed;

步骤207:停止波长扫描,保持当前波长不变;Step 207: Stop the wavelength scanning and keep the current wavelength unchanged.

步骤208:接收HEE发送的波长偏差信息或功率调整信息并根据波长偏差信息调整当前波长,或根据功率调整信息调整TEE的发送光功率;Step 208: Receive wavelength deviation information or power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjust the transmit optical power of the TEE according to the power adjustment information.

步骤209:TEE判断是否接收到HEE发送的第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;当判断结果为否时,继续执行步骤209;当判断结果为是时,开始发送正常业务光信号并按照所述第二导频参数持续产生相应导频信号。Step 209: The TEE determines whether the second pilot parameter and the normal service transmission command sent by the HEE are received. When the determination result is no, the process proceeds to step 209. When the determination result is yes, the normal service optical signal is started to be sent. The second pilot parameter continues to generate a corresponding pilot signal.

在前述HEE的工作流程中,可以定义为四个典型的工作状态,分别为状态S0、S1、S2、和S3。请参考图7所示,为各个状态之间的转移关系。各个工作状态可定义如下:In the aforementioned HEE workflow, four typical operating states can be defined, namely states S0, S1, S2, and S3. Please refer to FIG. 7 for the transfer relationship between the states. Each working state can be defined as follows:

S0:HEE初始化状态。循环发送用于TEE进行端口自动匹配所需的调谐信息,包括目标波长、导频参数、HEE发送光功率、功率初始化、扫描参数和开始扫描命令;HEE持续检测上行光信号是否存在各个TEE对应的导频频率(后续称为目标频率)的导频信号;S0: HEE initialization status. The tuning information required for automatic matching of the port for the TEE is cyclically transmitted, including the target wavelength, the pilot parameter, the HEE transmitting optical power, the power initialization, the scanning parameter, and the start scanning command; the HEE continuously detects whether the upstream optical signal has a corresponding TEE. a pilot signal of a pilot frequency (hereinafter referred to as a target frequency);

S1:HEE处于预锁定状态。当HEE检测到光信号并发现目标频率的导频信号后,则进入S1状态,此状态下HEE持续检测并记录在目标导频频率处的幅度最大值; S1: The HEE is in a pre-locked state. When the HEE detects the optical signal and finds the pilot signal of the target frequency, it enters the S1 state, in which state the HEE continuously detects and records the maximum amplitude at the target pilot frequency;

S2:HEE处于波长锁定状态。当HEE已经找到幅度最大值,则进入S2状态,并发送停止扫描命令,向TEE发送新的导频调制深度、波长偏差信息和功率调整信息;S2: HEE is in the wavelength locked state. When the HEE has found the maximum amplitude, it enters the S2 state, and sends a stop scan command to send a new pilot modulation depth, wavelength deviation information, and power adjustment information to the TEE;

S3:HEE处于正常运行状态。当HEE检测到TEE所发送的光信号波长和功率均满足要求后,则进入S3状态,发送业务数据正常发送命令,HEE完成端口自动匹配过程。S3: HEE is in normal operation. When the HEE detects that the wavelength and power of the optical signal sent by the TEE meet the requirements, it enters the S3 state, sends a normal transmission command of the service data, and the HEE completes the port automatic matching process.

对于异常情况,HEE相应操作如下:For abnormal situations, the corresponding operation of HEE is as follows:

当HEE处于S1、S2或S3状态时,如果接受光信号消失或者在一定时间内在目标频率处的导频信号消失,则HEE从各状态返回S0状态。When the HEE is in the S1, S2 or S3 state, if the received optical signal disappears or the pilot signal at the target frequency disappears within a certain time, the HEE returns from the respective states to the S0 state.

在前述TEE的工作流程中,可以定义为五个典型的工作状态,分别为状态S0、S1、S2、和S3。请参考图8所示,为各个状态之间的转移关系。各个工作状态可定义如下:In the foregoing TEE workflow, five typical working states can be defined, namely states S0, S1, S2, and S3. Please refer to FIG. 8 for the transfer relationship between the states. Each working state can be defined as follows:

S0:TEE刚启动,发射机关闭,处于发送准备状态。此状态下,TEE持续接收调谐信息,包括目标波长、导频参数、HEE发送光功率、功率初始化、扫描参数,并按照调谐信息配置发送机参数。当TEE接收到所有调谐信息完成发送准备,并接收到开始扫描命令后,进入S1状态。S0: The TEE has just started, the transmitter is turned off, and the transmission is ready. In this state, the TEE continuously receives the tuning information, including the target wavelength, pilot parameters, HEE transmit optical power, power initialization, scan parameters, and configures the transmitter parameters according to the tuning information. When the TEE receives all the tuning information to complete the transmission preparation and receives the start scanning command, it enters the S1 state.

S1:TEE处于波长扫描状态,此状态下TEE根据扫描参数进行波长扫描。当TEE接收到停止扫描命令后,进入S2状态。S1: The TEE is in a wavelength scanning state, in which the TEE performs wavelength scanning according to the scanning parameters. When the TEE receives the stop scan command, it enters the S2 state.

S2:TEE处于扫描停止状态,此状态下,TEE处于目标波长附近,通过CIC接收到的波长偏差信息和功率调整信息,从而进行波长和功率的精细调整。当TEE接收到正常业务发送命令后,进入S3状态。S2: The TEE is in a scanning stop state. In this state, the TEE is in the vicinity of the target wavelength, and the wavelength deviation information and power adjustment information received by the CIC are used to perform fine adjustment of the wavelength and power. After the TEE receives the normal service transmission command, it enters the S3 state.

S3:TEE处于正常发送状态,TEE仍然保持在上行信号中携带相应目标频率的导频信号,并持续接收CIC信息,调整相关发送参数。S3: The TEE is in the normal transmission state, and the TEE still keeps the pilot signal carrying the corresponding target frequency in the uplink signal, and continuously receives the CIC information, and adjusts the relevant transmission parameters.

S4:TEE处于上行信息传输状态,当TEE处于S2或S3状态且需要向HEE传输信息时,首先向HEE发送传输请求,在得到HEE的确认信息后,TEE进入S4状态,通过上行报告信息通道(RMC)向HEE发送上报信息。S4: The TEE is in the uplink information transmission state. When the TEE is in the S2 or S3 state and needs to transmit information to the HEE, the transmission request is first sent to the HEE. After obtaining the HEE confirmation information, the TEE enters the S4 state and reports the information channel through the uplink ( RMC) sends an escalation message to the HEE.

对于异常情况,TEE相应操作如下: For abnormal situations, the TEE operates as follows:

当TEE处于S1、S2、S3或S4状态时,如果接收到关闭命令、接收光信号消失或一定时间内无法成功接收CIC信息,则TEE将从各状态返回S0状态。When the TEE is in the S1, S2, S3, or S4 state, if the shutdown command is received, the received optical signal disappears, or the CIC information cannot be successfully received within a certain period of time, the TEE will return to the S0 state from each state.

TEE的状态转移主要是由接收到HEE的不同命令所触发的,因此当TEE在某个状态下接收到非预期的异常CIC信息时,TEE的相应操作如下:The state transition of TEE is mainly triggered by different commands that receive HEE. Therefore, when TEE receives unexpected abnormal CIC information in a certain state, the corresponding operation of TEE is as follows:

当TEE处于S0状态时,如果接收到停止扫描、波长偏差信息、功率调整信息或发送业务命令等异常CIC命令信息时,TEE应保持S0状态不变。When the TEE is in the S0 state, if the abnormal CIC command information such as stop scanning, wavelength deviation information, power adjustment information, or transmission service command is received, the TEE should remain in the S0 state.

可选的,当TEE处于S0状态时,在配置发送机参数的过程中,并且在接收到开始扫描命令之前,如果接收到关闭命令,则停止参数配置,并将之前的配置清零。Optionally, when the TEE is in the S0 state, in the process of configuring the transmitter parameters, and before receiving the start scan command, if a shutdown command is received, the parameter configuration is stopped and the previous configuration is cleared.

当TEE处于S1状态时,如果接收到目标波长、导频参数、HEE发送光功率、功率初始化、扫描参数和开始扫描命令等异常CIC命令信息时,原因是TEE发送波长还未扫描到目标波长通道,HEE没有检测到目标频率的导频,因此HEE仍处在S0状态并持续发送上述调谐信息。因此,TEE应该仍保持在S1状态继续进行波长扫描。When the TEE is in the S1 state, if the abnormal CIC command information such as the target wavelength, the pilot parameters, the HEE transmission optical power, the power initialization, the scan parameters, and the start scan command are received, the reason is that the TEE transmission wavelength has not been scanned to the target wavelength channel. HEE does not detect the pilot of the target frequency, so the HEE is still in the S0 state and continues to transmit the above tuning information. Therefore, the TEE should remain in the S1 state to continue the wavelength scan.

当TEE处于S1状态时,如果接收到波长偏差、功率调整信息或发送业务命令等异常CIC命令信息时,存在HEE与TEE流程不匹配风险,应将TEE重置并返回到S0状态。When the TEE is in the S1 state, if the abnormal CIC command information such as the wavelength deviation, the power adjustment information, or the service command is received, there is a risk that the HEE and the TEE process do not match. The TEE should be reset and returned to the S0 state.

当TEE处于S2或S3状态时,如果接收到目标波长、导频参数、HEE发送光功率、功率初始化命令、扫描参数、开始扫描命令等异常CIC命令信息时,可将TEE状态重置并返回到S0状态,或通过上行RMC报告情况,令HEE状态与TEE状态同步。When the TEE is in the S2 or S3 state, if the abnormal CIC command information such as the target wavelength, pilot parameters, HEE transmit optical power, power initialization command, scan parameter, start scan command, etc. is received, the TEE state can be reset and returned to The S0 state, or reporting the situation through the uplink RMC, synchronizes the HEE state with the TEE state.

上述上行RMC的产生方式与下行CIC类似,为用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对上行发送光信号的强度进行幅度调制而产生的。其中,该低频、低调制深度的信号可为独立的正弦波信号、独立的不归零码信号、多个正弦波信号的叠加、或正弦波信号和不归零码信号的叠加。The above-mentioned uplink RMC is generated in a similar manner to the downlink CIC, and is generated by amplitude-modulating the intensity of the uplink transmission optical signal with a low-frequency, low-modulation depth signal. The low frequency, low modulation depth signal may be an independent sine wave signal, an independent non-return to zero code signal, a superposition of a plurality of sine wave signals, or a superposition of a sine wave signal and a non-return to zero code signal.

RMC可存在于端口匹配过程中,也可存在于正常业务数据传输过程中。 The RMC may exist in the port matching process or in the normal service data transmission process.

当TEE通过RMC向HEE进行信息传输时,可能导致该TEE发送光信号在目标频率处的幅度发生变化,因此TEE在通过RMC进行信息传输前,需要首先向HEE发送传输请求,在得到HEE的传输允许确认后,TEE才开始通过RMC上传数据,从而排除HEE误动作引起的系统风险。When the TEE transmits information to the HEE through the RMC, the amplitude of the TEE transmitted optical signal at the target frequency may change. Therefore, before the TEF performs information transmission through the RMC, the TEE needs to first send a transmission request to the HEE, and obtain the transmission of the HEE. After the confirmation is allowed, the TEE starts to upload data through the RMC, thereby eliminating the system risk caused by the HEE malfunction.

当然,在实际运用中,TEE也可以直接通过RMC向HEE传输上报信息。Of course, in actual use, TEE can also report information to HEE directly through RMC.

在TEE向HEE传输的上报信息中,包括TEE的相关状态信息、TEE的异常报告信息、网络运行管理维护(英文:Operation Administration and Maintenance,简称:OAM)信息。TEE的相关状态信息包括TEE状态机状态,发送光功率,接收光功率、工作波长(频率)和偏差、下行CIC通道状态、激光器温度、激光器工作参数、光模块基本信息等。TEE的异常报告信息包括下行CIC信息丢失、接收到异常CIC信息指令、功率调整值异常、功率调整精度异常等情况。OAM信息包括:1、网络要素相关信息(如站点信息、设备信息、端口信息、单板信息等);2、业务相关信息(如业务类型、业务速率等);3、警告和预警(包括设备状态警告、业务相关警告、光功率和频率、激光器相关等);4、TEE升级信息及软件、OAM通道要求等。The information reported by the TEE to the HEE includes information about the TEE, status information of the TEE, and information about the operation and maintenance (OAM). The relevant state information of the TEE includes the TEE state machine state, the transmitted optical power, the received optical power, the operating wavelength (frequency) and the deviation, the downlink CIC channel state, the laser temperature, the laser operating parameters, and the basic information of the optical module. The abnormal report information of the TEE includes a case where the downlink CIC information is lost, an abnormal CIC information command is received, the power adjustment value is abnormal, and the power adjustment accuracy is abnormal. The OAM information includes: 1. Network element related information (such as site information, device information, port information, board information, etc.); 2. Service related information (such as service type, service rate, etc.); 3. Warning and early warning (including equipment) Status warning, service related warning, optical power and frequency, laser related, etc.; 4, TEE upgrade information and software, OAM channel requirements, etc.

由上面描述可知,本发明实施例提供了一种端口自动匹配方法,当具有波长可调谐能力的TEE接入网络时,通过本发明方法可自动的将发送光波长调谐到目标波长通道。利用WLU对各TEE发送的导频信号进行分析处理,通过导频频率的不同,区分来自不同TEE的上行光信号。通过目标导频处的幅度最大值确定TEE的波长扫描停止位置,可实现多个TEE同时接入网络,实现网络端口自动匹配。As can be seen from the above description, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for automatically matching a port. When a TEE having a wavelength tunable capability is connected to a network, the wavelength of the transmitted light can be automatically tuned to the target wavelength channel by the method of the present invention. The pilot signals transmitted by the TEEs are analyzed and processed by the WLU, and the uplink optical signals from different TEEs are distinguished by different pilot frequencies. The wavelength scanning stop position of the TEE is determined by the maximum amplitude at the target pilot, so that multiple TEEs can be simultaneously connected to the network to implement automatic matching of the network port.

进一步,HEE基于导频信号的检测,通过控制扫描步进和扫描范围参数,可以提高端口自动匹配速度,同时保证TEE扫描停止波长处于WLU正常工作范围内,保证端口成功实现波长匹配。Further, based on the detection of the pilot signal, the HEE can improve the automatic matching speed of the port by controlling the scanning step and the scanning range parameter, and ensure that the TEE scanning stop wavelength is within the normal operating range of the WLU, and the port is successfully matched to achieve wavelength matching.

基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例还提供一种端口匹配装置,用于实现图2所示方法。如图9所示,该端口匹配装置包括:发送单元301,用于向n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令;所述第一 导频参数包括第一导频频率,每一个TEE对应的第一导频频率互不相同;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;n为正整数;接收单元302,用于接收所述n个TEE中m个TEE分别以所述第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号;其中,所述m个TEE中每个TEE发送的第一扫描光信号包含所述每个TEE的第一导频频率的信息;m为小于或等于n的正整数;处理单元303,用于根据所述第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配;发送单元301还用于当存在所述第一TEE时,向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令。Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a port matching apparatus for implementing the method shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 9, the port matching apparatus includes: a sending unit 301, configured to separately send a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n TEEs; The pilot parameters include a first pilot frequency, and the first pilot frequencies corresponding to each TEE are different from each other; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range; n is a positive integer; and the receiving unit 302 a first scanning optical signal that is sent by the first one of the n TEEs, wherein the first scanning optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the The information of the first pilot frequency of each TEE; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n; the processing unit 303 is configured to determine, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether there is a transmission light wavelength and a target wavelength channel of the first TEE The matching unit 301 is further configured to send a stop scan command to the first TEE when the first TEE is present.

可选的,处理单元303还用于:对所述第一扫描信号进行处理,获得第一电信号;所述第一电信号在与所述每个TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度值是否超过预设阈值;其中,当有幅度值超过所述预设阈值时,表示存在第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,并且幅度值超过所述预设值处的第一导频频率对应的TEE为所述第一TEE。Optionally, the processing unit 303 is further configured to: process the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal; and amplitude of the first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE Whether the value exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when the amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold, indicating that the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, and the amplitude value exceeds the first guide at the preset value The TEE corresponding to the frequency frequency is the first TEE.

可选的,发送单元301还用于:向所述第一TEE发送第二扫描参数,其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;所述第二扫描步进小于所述第一扫描步进,和/或所述第二扫描范围小于所述第一扫描范围;Optionally, the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send a second scan parameter to the first TEE, where the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; Less than the first scanning step, and/or the second scanning range is smaller than the first scanning range;

接收单元302还用于:接收所述第一TEE以所述第二扫描参数发送的第二扫描光信号;The receiving unit 302 is further configured to: receive a second scan optical signal that is sent by the first TEE by using the second scan parameter;

处理单元303还用于:确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。The processing unit 303 is further configured to: when determining that the first TEE scans in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE The amplitude is at its maximum.

可选的,所述处理单元还用于:确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内完成一次扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Optionally, the processing unit is further configured to: when the first TEE completes one scan in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is in the first TEE Corresponding first amplitude of the first pilot frequency; determining that the first TEE performs a second scan in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value.

可选的,处理单元303还用于:将经过波长校准具的所述第二扫描光信 号进行光电转换之后得到第三电信号;获取所述第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号;根据所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号确定波长偏差信息;Optionally, the processing unit 303 is further configured to: use the second scan optical signal that passes through the wavelength calibration tool Obtaining a third electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion; acquiring the third electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE and the a second electrical signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal;

发送单元301还用于:将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.

可选的,处理单元303还用于:获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第二电信号对应的所述第二扫描光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Optionally, the processing unit 303 is further configured to: acquire optical power of the second scanning optical signal corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; determine a target received optical power; wherein the target The received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, and the difference between the minimum transmitted optical power of the first TEE and the maximum uplink loss, and the detection error of the HEE received optical power Determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;

发送单元301还用于:将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.

可选的,发送单元301还用于:通过控制信息信道CIC向所述n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令。Optionally, the sending unit 301 is further configured to separately send the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n TEEs by using the control information channel CIC.

可选的,处理单元303还用于:使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述CIC。Optionally, the processing unit 303 is further configured to: generate, by using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal, amplitude modulation of the strength of the service data optical signal to generate the CIC.

可选的,发送单元301还用于:向所述n个TEE分别发送所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围;以使所述n个TEE能够基于所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围确定自身的初始发送光功率。Optionally, the sending unit 301 is further configured to: separately send the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE to the n TEEs, so that the n TEEs can be sent based on the HEE The optical power or the transmitted optical power range of the HEE determines its own initial transmitted optical power.

可选的,处理单元303还用于:确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行扫描时,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。Optionally, the processing unit 303 is further configured to: when the first TEE scans in the first scan range, the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scan optical signal corresponds to the first TEE The amplitude at the first pilot frequency reaches a maximum.

可选的,处理单元303用于:确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内完成一次扫描后,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;确定所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范 围内进行第二次扫描时,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Optionally, the processing unit 303 is configured to: after the first TEE completes one scan in the first scan range, the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scan optical signal corresponds to the first TEE a maximum amplitude at a first pilot frequency; determining the first TEE in the first scan When the second scan is performed, the amplitude of the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value.

可选的,处理单元303还用于:将经过波长校准具的所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第四电信号;获取所述第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号;根据所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号确定波长偏差信息;Optionally, the processing unit 303 is further configured to: after the photoelectric conversion of the first scan optical signal that passes through the wavelength calibration tool, obtain a fourth electrical signal; and acquire the first electrical signal corresponding to the first TEE. The fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when an amplitude at a pilot frequency reaches the maximum value; determining wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal;

发送单元301还用于:将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.

可选的,处理单元303还用于:获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第一电信号对应的所述第一扫描光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Optionally, the processing unit 303 is further configured to: acquire optical power of the first scan optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; determine target received optical power; wherein the target The received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, and the difference between the minimum transmitted optical power of the first TEE and the maximum uplink loss, and the detection error of the HEE received optical power Determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;

发送单元301还用于:将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.

可选的,在m小于n时,发送单元301还用于:向所述n个TEE分别发送目标波长;其中,所述目标波长为每个TEE最终要调谐至的波长,所述每一个TEE对应的目标波长互不相同;Optionally, when m is less than n, the sending unit 301 is further configured to: respectively send a target wavelength to the n TEEs; wherein the target wavelength is a wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, the each TEE The corresponding target wavelengths are different from each other;

接收单元302还用于:接收n-m个TEE分别发送的所述n-m个TEE各自的上报光信号,所述上报光信号对应各自的第一导频频率,所述上报光信号用于指示所述n-m个TEE具有波长锁定功能;The receiving unit 302 is further configured to: receive respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used for Instructing the n-m TEEs to have a wavelength locking function;

发送单元301还用于:根据所述上报光信号向所述n-m个TEE发送扫描停止命令。The sending unit 301 is further configured to: send a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal.

可选的,处理单元303还用于:将经过波长校准具的所述上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第一上报电信号;将所上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第二上报电信号;根据所述第一上报电信号和所述第二上报电信号确定波 长偏差信息;Optionally, the processing unit 303 is further configured to: after performing photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal that passes through the wavelength calibration tool, to obtain a first reported electrical signal; and performing photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal; Determining the first reported electrical signal and the second reported electrical signal Long deviation information;

发送单元301还用于:将所述波长偏差信息分别发送给对应的TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE能够根据对应的所述波长偏差信息调整所述目标波长。The sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the wavelength deviation information to the corresponding TEE, respectively, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information.

可选的,处理单元303还用于:获取所述上报光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述n-m个TEE中对应的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Optionally, the processing unit 303 is further configured to: acquire optical power of the reported optical signal, and determine a target received optical power, where the target received optical power is greater than a receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power of the transmission link. a sum of the costs, which is smaller than a difference between a minimum transmit optical power and a maximum uplink loss in the n-m TEEs, and a detection error of the HEE received optical power; according to the optical power and the target received optical power The difference determines power adjustment information;

发送单元301还用于:将所述功率调整信息分别发送给所述n-m个TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE根据各自对应的所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs respectively, so that the n-m TEEs adjust the transmit optical power according to the corresponding power adjustment information.

可选的,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,发送单元301还用于:向所述n-m个TEE分别发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。Optionally, the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command to the n-m TEEs, where The second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.

可选的,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,发送单元301还用于:向所述第一TEE发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。Optionally, the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the sending unit 301 is further configured to: send a second pilot parameter and a normal service sending command to the first TEE; The second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.

可选的,接收单元302还用于:接收所述n个TEE中的第二TEE发送的传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;Optionally, the receiving unit 302 is further configured to: receive a transmission request sent by a second TEE of the n TEEs; the transmission request is used to request to report information from the report information channel RMC;

发送单元301还用于:向所述第二TEE发送确认信息,以指示所述第二TEE通过所述RMC上报信息。The sending unit 301 is further configured to: send the acknowledgement information to the second TEE, to indicate that the second TEE reports the information by using the RMC.

前述图2所示的实施例中的端口匹配方法中的各种变化方式和具体实例同样适用于本实施例的端口匹配装置,通过前述对端口匹配方法的详细描述,本领域技术人员可以清楚的知道本实施例中端口匹配装置的实施方法,所以为了说明书的简洁,在此不再详述。The various changes and specific examples in the port matching method in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 2 are also applicable to the port matching device in this embodiment. The foregoing detailed description of the port matching method can be clearly understood by those skilled in the art. Knowing the implementation method of the port matching device in this embodiment, for the sake of brevity of the description, it will not be described in detail herein.

基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例还提供一种端口匹配装置,用于实现 图3和图4所示方法。如图10所示,该端口匹配装置包括:接收单元401,用于接收头端设备HEE发送的第一导频参数、第一扫描参数;其中,第一导频参数包括第一导频频率;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;发送单元402,用于在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,且所述TEE为不具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第一扫描参数开始发送第一扫描光信号给所述HEE;处理单元403,用于在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,停止波长扫描,保持当前波长不变。Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a port matching apparatus, which is used to implement The method shown in Figures 3 and 4. As shown in FIG. 10, the port matching apparatus includes: a receiving unit 401, configured to receive a first pilot parameter and a first scan parameter sent by the head end device HEE; wherein the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency; The first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range; the sending unit 402 is configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, and the TEE is a TEE without a wavelength lock function Transmitting, according to the first pilot frequency and the first scanning parameter, a first scanning optical signal to the HEE; and processing unit 403, for stopping the wavelength scanning when receiving the stop scanning command sent by the HEE , keep the current wavelength unchanged.

可选的,接收单元401还用于:在发送单元402根据所述第一导频频率和所述第一扫描参数开始发送扫描光信号给所述HEE的同时,持续检测是否接收到所述HEE发送的第二扫描参数;其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;Optionally, the receiving unit 401 is further configured to: when the sending unit 402 starts sending the scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter, continuously detecting whether the HEE is received a second scan parameter sent; wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range;

发送单元402还用于:在所述第二扫描参数与所述第一扫描参数不同时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第二扫描参数开始发送第二扫描光信号给所述HEE。The sending unit 402 is further configured to: when the second scan parameter is different from the first scan parameter, start sending the second scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the second scan parameter. .

可选的,当所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,接收单元401还用于接收所述HEE发送的目标波长;Optionally, when the TEE is a TEE with a wavelength locking function, the receiving unit 401 is further configured to receive a target wavelength that is sent by the HEE;

处理单元403还用于:将光发送器的发送波长调谐至所述目标波长;The processing unit 403 is further configured to: tune a transmission wavelength of the optical transmitter to the target wavelength;

发送单元402还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,根据所述第一导频频率向所述HEE发送上报光信号;其中,所述上报光信号用于指示所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE;The sending unit 402 is further configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, send a report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency; wherein the report optical signal is used to indicate the TEE For a TEE with a wavelength locking function;

处理单元403还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,停止发送所述上报光信号,并保持当前波长不变。The processing unit 403 is further configured to: stop receiving the reported optical signal when receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, and keep the current wavelength unchanged.

可选的,处理单元403还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的波长偏差信息或功率调整信息后,根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长,或根据所述功率调整信息调整所述TEE的发送光功率。Optionally, the processing unit 403 is further configured to: after receiving the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjust the according to the power adjustment information. The transmitted optical power of the TEE.

可选的,接收单元401还用于:接收所述HEE发送的初始功率调整信息;Optionally, the receiving unit 401 is further configured to: receive initial power adjustment information sent by the HEE;

处理单元403还用于:根据所述初始功率调整信息确定发送单元402的 初始发送光功率。The processing unit 403 is further configured to: determine, according to the initial power adjustment information, the sending unit 402 Initially transmit optical power.

可选的,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率,处理单元403用于:根据所述发送光功率和所述TEE的接收光功率确定链路损耗;确定所述初始发送光功率为不小于所述TEE的扫描光信号到达所述HEE的最小光功率、所述链路损耗以及功率余量的三者之和的值。Optionally, the initial power adjustment information is the transmit optical power of the HEE, and the processing unit 403 is configured to: determine a link loss according to the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE; and determine the initial transmit light. The power is a value that is not less than the sum of the minimum optical power of the HEE, the link loss, and the power headroom of the scanning optical signal of the TEE.

可选的,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率范围,处理单元403用于:确定所述HEE的发送光功率范围内的任一发送光功率为所述初始发送光功率。Optionally, the initial power adjustment information is a range of the transmit optical power of the HEE, and the processing unit 403 is configured to: determine that any transmit optical power in the transmit optical power range of the HEE is the initial transmit optical power.

可选的,发送单元402还用于:向所述HEE发送传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;并在接收单元401接收到所述HEE发送的确认信息之后,通过所述RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。Optionally, the sending unit 402 is further configured to: send a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC; and after the receiving unit 401 receives the confirmation information sent by the HEE, The reporting information is sent to the HEE through the RMC.

可选的,发送单元402还用于:通过报告信息信道RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。Optionally, the sending unit 402 is further configured to: send the report information to the HEE by using the report information channel RMC.

可选的,处理单元403还用于:使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述RMC。Optionally, the processing unit 403 is further configured to: perform amplitude modulation on the strength of the service data optical signal by using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to generate the RMC.

可选的,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,发送单元402还用于:当接收单元401接收到所述HEE发送的第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令后,开始发送正常业务光信号并按照所述第二导频参数持续产生相应导频信号;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频调制深度,所述第二导频调制深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。Optionally, the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the sending unit 402 is further configured to: when the receiving unit 401 receives the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command sent by the HEE, Generating a normal service optical signal and continuously generating a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot modulation depth, and the second pilot modulation depth is less than The first pilot modulation depth.

可选的,在接收单元401接收到HEE发送的开始扫描命令之前,处理单元403还用于根据所述第一导频参数、所述第一扫描参数对所述TEE进行参数配置;当接收单元401接收到HEE发送的关闭命令时,处理单元403停止参数配置过程并将之前的配置清零。Optionally, before the receiving unit 401 receives the start scan command sent by the HEE, the processing unit 403 is further configured to perform parameter configuration on the TEE according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter; Upon receiving the shutdown command sent by the HEE, the processing unit 403 stops the parameter configuration process and clears the previous configuration.

可选的,在停止波长扫描过程中,当接收单元401接收到HEE发送的异常命令时,发送单元402停止发送所述第一扫描光信号,接收单元401接收HEE发送的新的调谐信息以及新的扫描开始命令,发送单元402按照新的调 谐信息发送新的扫描光信号给HEE;其中,调谐信息包括导频参数和扫描参数;所述异常命令包括目标波长、导频参数、功率初始化命令以及开始扫描命令中的任意一个或任意组合。Optionally, in the process of stopping the wavelength scanning, when the receiving unit 401 receives the abnormal command sent by the HEE, the sending unit 402 stops transmitting the first scanning optical signal, and the receiving unit 401 receives the new tuning information sent by the HEE and the new Scan start command, the sending unit 402 follows the new tone The harmonic information transmits a new scan optical signal to the HEE; wherein the tuning information includes a pilot parameter and a scan parameter; the abnormal command includes any one or any combination of a target wavelength, a pilot parameter, a power initialization command, and a start scan command.

前述图3和图4所示的实施例中的端口匹配方法中的各种变化方式和具体实例同样适用于本实施例的端口匹配装置,通过前述对端口匹配方法的详细描述,本领域技术人员可以清楚的知道本实施例中端口匹配装置的实施方法,所以为了说明书的简洁,在此不再详述。The various changes and specific examples in the port matching method in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 are also applicable to the port matching device of this embodiment. Through the foregoing detailed description of the port matching method, those skilled in the art The implementation method of the port matching device in this embodiment can be clearly understood, so for the sake of brevity of the description, it will not be described in detail herein.

基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例还提供一种HEE,用于实现图2所示方法。如图1和图11所示,该HEE包括:光发送器,用于向n个尾端设备TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令;所述第一导频参数包括第一导频频率,每一个TEE对应的第一导频频率互不相同;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;n为正整数;波长锁定单元(WLU),用于接收所述n个TEE中m个TEE分别以所述第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号;其中,所述m个TEE中每个TEE发送的第一扫描光信号包含所述每个TEE的第一导频频率的信息;m为小于或等于n的正整数;并根据所述第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配;控制器,用于当存在所述第一TEE时,控制所述光发送器向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令。Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present invention further provides an HEE for implementing the method shown in FIG. 2. As shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 11, the HEE includes: an optical transmitter, configured to separately send a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n tail end devices TEE; the first pilot parameter Include a first pilot frequency, the first pilot frequencies corresponding to each TEE are different from each other; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range; n is a positive integer; a wavelength locking unit (WLU) a first scanning optical signal that is sent by the first one of the n TEEs, wherein the first scanning optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the Information of the first pilot frequency of each TEE; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n; and determining, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel; And configured to, when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send a stop scan command to the first TEE.

可选的,光发送器的数量可以是一个,同时支持多个波长的信号发送。Optionally, the number of optical transmitters may be one, and supports signaling of multiple wavelengths at the same time.

可选的,光发送器的数量可以n个,分别支持一个波长的信号传输,与n个TEE一一对应。Optionally, the number of optical transmitters may be n, respectively supporting signal transmission of one wavelength, and corresponding to n TEEs.

可选的,光发送器和光接收器在物理上可以是相互独立的,也可以是两者集成在一起,形成光收发器。Optionally, the optical transmitter and the optical receiver may be physically independent of each other or may be integrated to form an optical transceiver.

其中,控制器与波长锁定单元以及光发送器连接。The controller is connected to the wavelength locking unit and the optical transmitter.

可选的,HEE还包括MD,那么控制器通过MD与光发送器连接。Optionally, the HEE further includes an MD, and the controller is connected to the optical transmitter through the MD.

可选的,HEE还包括OM/OD,其用途已经前述描述图1时,已经介绍过,所以在此不再赘述。 Optionally, the HEE further includes an OM/OD, and its use has been described in the foregoing description of FIG. 1, and therefore will not be described herein.

可选的,HEE还包括功分器,用于将上行波分复用信号分成两路,一路进入光收发器或者先进入OM/OD,再进入光收发器。另一路直接进入波分锁定单元。Optionally, the HEE further includes a power splitter for splitting the uplink wavelength division multiplexed signal into two paths, entering the optical transceiver or entering the OM/OD first, and then entering the optical transceiver. The other way directly into the wavelength division locking unit.

可选的,如图11所示,波长锁定单元包括第一光电转换器件和处理电路。第一光电转换器件例如为光电二极管。其中,第一扫描光信号可直接从图1中所示的功分器输出至第一光电转换器件,也可以如图11所示,第一扫描光信号经由光分路器输出至第一光电转换器件。因此,波长锁定单元还可以包括光分路器。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 11, the wavelength locking unit includes a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit. The first photoelectric conversion device is, for example, a photodiode. The first scanning optical signal may be directly outputted from the power splitter shown in FIG. 1 to the first photoelectric conversion device, or as shown in FIG. 11, the first scanning optical signal is output to the first photoelectric via the optical splitter. Conversion device. Therefore, the wavelength locking unit may further include an optical splitter.

第一光电转换器件用于对所述第一扫描信号进行处理,获得第一电信号;The first photoelectric conversion device is configured to process the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal;

处理电路用于确定所述第一电信号在与所述每个TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度值是否超过预设阈值;其中,当有幅度值超过所述预设阈值时,表示存在第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,并且幅度值超过所述预设值处的第一导频频率对应的TEE为所述第一TEE。The processing circuit is configured to determine whether the amplitude value of the first electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when the amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold, the indication The transmitting light wavelength of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, and the TEE corresponding to the first pilot frequency whose amplitude value exceeds the preset value is the first TEE.

可选的,控制单元还用于:当存在所述第一TEE时,在控制光发送器向第一TEE发送停止扫描命令之前,控制光发送器向第一TEE发送第二扫描参数,其中,第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;所述第二扫描步进小于所述第一扫描步进,和/或所述第二扫描范围小于所述第一扫描范围;Optionally, the control unit is further configured to: when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send the second scan parameter to the first TEE before the control optical transmitter sends the stop scan command to the first TEE, where The second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step, and/or the second scan range is smaller than the first scan range;

第一光电转换器件还用于接收所述第一TEE以所述第二扫描参数发送的第二扫描光信号;The first photoelectric conversion device is further configured to receive the second scan optical signal sent by the first TEE by the second scan parameter;

处理电路还用于确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。The processing circuit is further configured to: when the first TEE scans in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE The amplitude reaches the maximum.

可选的,处理电路用于:确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内完成一次扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;并确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第二电信号在所述第 一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Optionally, the processing circuit is configured to: determine, by the first photoelectric conversion device, photoelectrically converting the second scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE completes one scan in the second scanning range a maximum amplitude of the second electrical signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; and determining that the first TEE performs a second scan within the second scan range, via the first photoelectric a second electrical signal obtained by photoelectric conversion of the second scanning optical signal by the conversion device The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to a TEE reaches the maximum value.

可选的,如图11所示,波长锁定单元还包括波长校准具和第二光电转换器件,第一光电转换器件的输出端和第二光电转换器件的输出端均连接至处理电路的输入端。处理电路的输出端连接至控制单元。波长校准具例如为etalon波长校准具。第二光电转换器件例如为光电二极管。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 11, the wavelength locking unit further includes a wavelength calibration device and a second photoelectric conversion device, wherein an output end of the first photoelectric conversion device and an output end of the second photoelectric conversion device are both connected to an input end of the processing circuit. . The output of the processing circuit is connected to the control unit. The wavelength calibration tool is, for example, an etalon wavelength calibrator. The second photoelectric conversion device is, for example, a photodiode.

第二光电转换器件用于将经过所述波长校准具的所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第三电信号;The second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a third electrical signal;

处理电路还用于:获取所述第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号;根据所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号确定波长偏差信息;The processing circuit is further configured to: acquire the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; Determining wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal;

控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.

可选的,处理电路还用于:获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第二电信号对应的所述第二扫描光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Optionally, the processing circuit is further configured to: acquire optical power of the second scanning optical signal corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; determine target received optical power; wherein the target receiving The optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and a difference between a minimum transmission optical power of the first TEE and a maximum uplink loss, and a detection error of the HEE received optical power; Determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;

控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.

可选的,所述控制器所述光发送器通过控制信息信道CIC向所述n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令。Optionally, the optical transmitter of the controller separately sends a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n TEEs through a control information channel CIC.

可选的,所述HEE还包括调制驱动器(MD),用于使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述CIC。Optionally, the HEE further includes a modulation driver (MD) for amplitude-modulating the intensity of the service data optical signal to generate the CIC using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal.

可选的,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器向所述n个TEE分别发送所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围;以使所述n个TEE能够基于所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围确定自身的初 始发送光功率。Optionally, the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE to the n TEEs; to enable the n TEEs Being able to determine its own initial based on the transmitted optical power of the HEE or the transmitted optical power range of the HEE The optical power is transmitted.

可选的,如图11所示,波长锁定单元还包括第一光电转换器件和处理电路,Optionally, as shown in FIG. 11, the wavelength locking unit further includes a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit.

所述处理电路用于确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。The processing circuit is configured to determine a first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE scans within the first scanning range The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches a maximum value.

可选的,所述处理电路用于:确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内完成一次扫描后,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;确定所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Optionally, the processing circuit is configured to: after the first TEE completes one scan in the first scan range, perform photoelectric conversion on the first scan optical signal by using the first photoelectric conversion device. a maximum amplitude of the obtained first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; and determining that the first TEE performs a second scan within the first scanning range, A first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by a photoelectric conversion device reaches an amplitude at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE.

可选的,如图11所示,所述波长锁定单元还包括波长校准具和第二光电转换器件,Optionally, as shown in FIG. 11, the wavelength locking unit further includes a wavelength calibration tool and a second photoelectric conversion device.

所述第二光电转换器件用于将经过所述波长校准具的所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第四电信号;The second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion after the first scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration device to obtain a fourth electrical signal;

所述处理单元还用于:获取所述第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号;根据所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号确定波长偏差信息;The processing unit is further configured to: acquire the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE a signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information.

可选的,所述处理电路还用于:获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第一电信号对应的所述第一扫描光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息; Optionally, the processing circuit is further configured to: obtain an optical power of the first scan optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; and determine a target received optical power; The target received optical power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power penalty of the transmission link, the minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink loss of the first TEE, and the detection error of the HEE received optical power. Poor; determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power;

所述控制器还用于;控制所述光发送器将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information.

可选的,在m小于n时,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器向所述n个TEE分别发送目标波长;其中,所述目标波长为每个TEE最终要调谐至的波长,所述每一个TEE对应的目标波长互不相同;Optionally, when m is less than n, the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send a target wavelength to the n TEEs; wherein the target wavelength is finally tuned to each TEE Wavelength, the target wavelengths corresponding to each of the TEEs are different from each other;

所述波长锁定单元用于接收n-m个TEE分别发送的所述n-m个TEE各自的上报光信号,所述上报光信号对应各自的第一导频频率,所述上报光信号用于指示所述n-m个TEE具有波长锁定功能;The wavelength locking unit is configured to receive respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used for Instructing the n-m TEEs to have a wavelength locking function;

所述控制器还用于根据所述上报光信号控制所述光发送器向所述n-m个TEE发送扫描停止命令。The controller is further configured to control the optical transmitter to send a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal.

可选的,如图11所示,所述波长锁定单元包括波长校准具、第一光电转换器件、第二光电转换器件和处理电路,Optionally, as shown in FIG. 11, the wavelength locking unit includes a wavelength calibration tool, a first photoelectric conversion device, a second photoelectric conversion device, and a processing circuit.

所述第二光电转换器件用于将经过所述波长校准具的所述上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第一上报电信号;The second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a first reported electrical signal;

所述第一光电转换器件用于将所上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第二上报电信号;The first photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal;

所述处理电路用于根据所述第一上报电信号和所述第二上报电信号确定波长偏差信息;The processing circuit is configured to determine wavelength deviation information according to the first reporting electrical signal and the second reporting electrical signal;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述波长偏差信息分别发送给对应的TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE能够根据对应的所述波长偏差信息调整所述目标波长。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the wavelength deviation information to a corresponding TEE, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information. .

可选的,所述波长锁定单元还用于:获取所述上报光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述n-m个TEE中对应的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Optionally, the wavelength locking unit is further configured to: acquire optical power of the reported optical signal; and determine target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of service data, a transmission link, and the like. The sum of the effective power costs, less than the difference between the corresponding minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink loss in the n-m TEEs, and the HEE received optical power detection error; and the received light according to the optical power and the target The difference in power determines power adjustment information;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述功率调整信息分别发送给 所述n-m个TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE根据各自对应的所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the power adjustment information to The n-m TEEs are configured to adjust the transmit optical power according to the corresponding power adjustment information by the n-m TEEs.

可选的,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光收发器向所述n-m个TEE分别发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。Optionally, the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver to separately send the second pilot parameter to the n-m TEEs a normal service transmission command; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.

可选的,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光收发器向所述第一TEE发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。Optionally, the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver to send a second pilot parameter and send a normal service to the first TEE. a command; wherein the second pilot parameter comprises a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation depth.

可选的,所述HEE还包括光接收器,用于接收所述n个TEE中的第二TEE发送的传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;Optionally, the HEE further includes an optical receiver, configured to receive a transmission request sent by a second TEE of the n TEEs, where the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC;

所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器向所述第二TEE发送确认信息,以指示所述第二TEE通过所述RMC上报信息。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send an acknowledgement message to the second TEE, to indicate that the second TEE reports information by using the RMC.

前述图2所示的实施例中的端口匹配方法中的各种变化方式和具体实例同样适用于本实施例的HEE,通过前述对端口匹配方法的详细描述,本领域技术人员可以清楚的知道本实施例中HEE的实施方法,所以为了说明书的简洁,在此不再详述。The various changes and specific examples in the port matching method in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 2 are also applicable to the HEE of the embodiment. The foregoing detailed description of the port matching method can be clearly known to those skilled in the art. The implementation method of the HEE in the embodiment, so for the sake of brevity of the description, it will not be described in detail herein.

基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例还提供一种TEE,用于实现图3和图4所示方法。如图12所示,该TEE包括:控制器501、光接收器502、光发送器503、存储器504。控制器501具体可以是中央处理器、特定应用集成电路(英文:Application Specific Integrated Circuit,简称:ASIC),可以是一个或多个用于控制程序执行的集成电路,可以是使用现场可编程门阵列(英文:Field Programmable Gate Array,简称:FPGA)开发的硬件电路。存储器504的数量可以是一个或多个。存储器504可以包括只读存储器(英文:Read Only Memory,简称:ROM)、随机存取存储器(英文:Random Access Memory, 简称:RAM)和磁盘存储器。光接收器502和光发送器503在物理上可以相互独立,或者集成在一起。Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a TEE for implementing the methods shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. As shown in FIG. 12, the TEE includes a controller 501, a light receiver 502, an optical transmitter 503, and a memory 504. The controller 501 may be a central processing unit, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and may be one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, and may be a field programmable gate array. (English: Field Programmable Gate Array, referred to as: FPGA) developed hardware circuit. The number of memories 504 can be one or more. The memory 504 may include a read only memory (English: Read Only Memory, ROM for short), and a random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, Abbreviation: RAM) and disk storage. The optical receiver 502 and the optical transmitter 503 can be physically independent of each other or integrated.

具体的,光接收器502,用于接收头端设备HEE发送的第一导频参数、第一扫描参数;其中,第一导频参数包括第一导频频率;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;光发送器503,用于在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,且所述TEE为不具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第一扫描参数开始发送第一扫描光信号给所述HEE;控制器501,用于在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,控制所述光收发器停止波长扫描,保持当前波长不变。Specifically, the optical receiver 502 is configured to receive a first pilot parameter and a first scan parameter that are sent by the head end device HEE, where the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and the first scan parameter includes a first a scan step and a first scan range; an optical transmitter 503, configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, and the TEE is a TEE without a wavelength lock function, according to the first guide The frequency frequency and the first scanning parameter start to send the first scanning optical signal to the HEE; the controller 501 is configured to control the optical transceiver to stop the wavelength scanning when receiving the stop scanning command sent by the HEE, Keep the current wavelength unchanged.

可选的,控制器501还用于:在光发送器503发送扫描光信号给所述HEE的同时,通过光接收器502持续检测是否接收到所述HEE发送的第二扫描参数;其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;在所述第二扫描参数与所述第一扫描参数不同时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第二扫描参数控制光发送器503发送第二扫描光信号给所述HEE。Optionally, the controller 501 is further configured to: when the optical transmitter 503 sends the scan optical signal to the HEE, continuously detect, by the optical receiver 502, whether the second scan parameter sent by the HEE is received; The second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; and when the second scan parameter is different from the first scan parameter, controlled according to the first pilot frequency and the second scan parameter The optical transmitter 503 transmits a second scanning optical signal to the HEE.

可选的,当所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,光接收器502还用于:接收所述HEE发送的目标波长;Optionally, when the TEE is a TEE with a wavelength locking function, the optical receiver 502 is further configured to: receive a target wavelength that is sent by the HEE;

控制器501用于控制光发送器503将光发送器503的发送波长调谐至所述目标波长;The controller 501 is configured to control the optical transmitter 503 to tune the transmission wavelength of the optical transmitter 503 to the target wavelength;

控制器501还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,根据所述第一导频频率通过光发送器503向所述HEE发送上报光信号;其中,所述上报光信号用于指示所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE;在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,控制光发送器503停止发送所述上报光信号,并保持当前波长不变。The controller 501 is further configured to: when receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, send, by using the optical transmitter 503, the report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency; wherein, the reporting the optical signal is The TEE is instructed to be a TEE having a wavelength locking function; when receiving the stop scanning command sent by the HEE, the control optical transmitter 503 stops transmitting the reported optical signal and keeps the current wavelength unchanged.

可选的,控制器501还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的波长偏差信息或功率调整信息后,根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长,或根据所述功率调整信息调整光发送器503的发送光功率。Optionally, the controller 501 is further configured to: after receiving the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjust the optical transmission according to the power adjustment information. The optical power of the transmitter 503.

可选的,光接收器502还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令 之前,接收所述HEE发送的初始功率调整信息;Optionally, the optical receiver 502 is further configured to: after receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission Previously, receiving initial power adjustment information sent by the HEE;

控制器501还用于:根据所述初始功率调整信息确定光发送器503的初始发送光功率。The controller 501 is further configured to: determine an initial transmit optical power of the optical transmitter 503 according to the initial power adjustment information.

可选的,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率,控制器501用于,根据所述发送光功率和所述TEE的接收光功率确定链路损耗;确定所述初始发送光功率为不小于所述TEE的扫描光信号到达所述HEE的最小光功率、所述链路损耗以及功率余量的三者之和的值。Optionally, the initial power adjustment information is the transmit optical power of the HEE, and the controller 501 is configured to determine a link loss according to the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE; and determine the initial transmit light. The power is a value that is not less than the sum of the minimum optical power of the HEE, the link loss, and the power headroom of the scanning optical signal of the TEE.

可选的,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率范围,控制器501用于:所述TEE确定所述HEE的发送光功率范围内的任一发送光功率为所述初始发送光功率。Optionally, the initial power adjustment information is a range of the transmit optical power of the HEE, and the controller 501 is configured to: determine, by the TEE, any transmit optical power in the transmit optical power range of the HEE to be the initial transmit Optical power.

可选的,控制器501还用于:通过光发送器503向所述HEE发送传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;并在接收到所述HEE发送的确认信息之后,通过所述RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。Optionally, the controller 501 is further configured to: send, by using the optical transmitter 503, a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC; and receiving the confirmation information sent by the HEE Thereafter, the reported information is sent to the HEE through the RMC.

可选的,控制器501还用于:通过报告信息信道RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。Optionally, the controller 501 is further configured to: send the report information to the HEE by using the report information channel RMC.

可选的,所述TEE还包括调制驱动器,用于使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述RMC。Optionally, the TEE further includes a modulation driver for amplitude-modulating the intensity of the service data optical signal to generate the RMC using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal.

可选的,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,控制器501还用于:当接收到所述HEE发送的第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令后,控制光发送器503开始发送正常业务光信号并按照所述第二导频参数持续产生相应导频信号;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频调制深度,所述第二导频调制深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。Optionally, the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the controller 501 is further configured to: after receiving the second pilot parameter sent by the HEE and a normal service sending command, control the optical sending The 503 starts to send a normal service optical signal and continuously generates a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot modulation depth, and the second pilot modulation depth is less than The first pilot modulation depth.

可选的,控制器501还用于根据所述第一导频参数、所述第一扫描参数对光发送器503进行参数配置;并当光接收器502接收到所述HEE发送的关闭命令时,停止参数配置过程并将之前的配置清零。Optionally, the controller 501 is further configured to perform parameter configuration on the optical transmitter 503 according to the first pilot parameter and the first scanning parameter; and when the optical receiver 502 receives the shutdown command sent by the HEE , stop the parameter configuration process and clear the previous configuration.

可选的,光接收器502还用于:在所述停止波长扫描的过程中,当接收到所述HEE发送的异常命令时,控制器501控制光发送器503停止发送所述 第一扫描光信号,并控制光接收器502接收所述HEE发送的新的调谐信息以及新的开始扫描命令;光发送器503还用于:按照所述新的调谐信息发送新的扫描光信号给所述HEE;所述调谐信息包括导频参数和扫描参数。Optionally, the optical receiver 502 is further configured to: when receiving the abnormal command sent by the HEE, in the process of stopping the wavelength scanning, the controller 501 controls the optical transmitter 503 to stop sending the First scanning the optical signal, and controlling the optical receiver 502 to receive the new tuning information sent by the HEE and a new start scanning command; the optical transmitter 503 is further configured to: send a new scanning optical signal according to the new tuning information. Giving the HEE; the tuning information includes pilot parameters and scan parameters.

前述图3和图4所示的实施例中的端口匹配方法中的各种变化方式和具体实例同样适用于本实施例的TEE,通过前述对端口匹配方法的详细描述,本领域技术人员可以清楚的知道本实施例中TEE的实施方法,所以为了说明书的简洁,在此不再详述。The various changes and specific examples in the port matching method in the foregoing embodiments shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 are also applicable to the TEE of the present embodiment. The foregoing detailed description of the port matching method can be clearly understood by those skilled in the art. The implementation method of the TEE in this embodiment is known, so for the sake of brevity of the description, it will not be described in detail herein.

申请实施例中提供的一个或多个技术方案,至少具有如下技术效果或优点:One or more technical solutions provided in the application embodiments have at least the following technical effects or advantages:

在本发明实施例中,HEE会为每个TEE分配一个互不相同的第一导频频率,多个TEE可以基于自身的第一导频频率同时发送第一扫描光信号给HEE,而HEE可以基于每个TEE的第一导频频率同时对多个TEE进行判断是否与目标波长通道匹配。因此,本发明实施例中的方法可以支持多个TEE的并行通道匹配,匹配成功率高,而且匹配速度快。In the embodiment of the present invention, the HEE allocates a first pilot frequency different from each other for each TEE, and multiple TEEs can simultaneously transmit the first scanning optical signal to the HEE based on the first pilot frequency of the TEE, and the HEE can A plurality of TEEs are simultaneously judged based on the first pilot frequency of each TEE to match the target wavelength channel. Therefore, the method in the embodiment of the present invention can support parallel channel matching of multiple TEEs, the matching success rate is high, and the matching speed is fast.

显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本发明进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明的精神和范围。这样,倘若本发明的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 It is apparent that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and modifications of the invention

Claims (64)

一种端口匹配方法,其特征在于,包括:A port matching method, comprising: 头端设备HEE向n个尾端设备TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令;所述第一导频参数包括第一导频频率,每一个TEE对应的第一导频频率互不相同;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;n为正整数;The head end device HEE sends the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n end device TEEs respectively; the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and the first guide corresponding to each TEE The frequency frequencies are different from each other; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range; n is a positive integer; 所述HEE接收所述n个TEE中m个TEE分别以所述第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号;其中,所述m个TEE中每个TEE发送的第一扫描光信号包含所述每个TEE的第一导频频率的信息;m为小于或等于n的正整数;The HEE receives a first scan optical signal that is sent by each of the n TEEs by using the first scan parameter, where the first scan optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs includes the Information of the first pilot frequency of each TEE; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n; 所述HEE根据所述第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配;Determining, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether the wavelength of the transmitting light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel; 当存在所述第一TEE时,向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令。When the first TEE is present, a stop scan command is sent to the first TEE. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述HEE根据所述第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the HEE determines whether the wavelength of the transmitted light of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel according to the first scanning optical signal, including: 所述HEE对所述第一扫描信号进行处理,获得第一电信号;The HEE processes the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal; 所述HEE确定所述第一电信号在与所述每个TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度值是否超过预设阈值;其中,当有幅度值超过所述预设阈值时,表示存在第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,并且幅度值超过所述预设值处的第一导频频率对应的TEE为所述第一TEE。Determining, by the HEE, whether an amplitude value of the first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when the amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold, indicating that the The transmit light wavelength of the first TEE matches the target wavelength channel, and the TEE corresponding to the first pilot frequency whose amplitude value exceeds the preset value is the first TEE. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,当存在所述第一TEE时,在向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein, when the first TEE is present, before the sending of the stop scan command to the first TEE, the method further comprises: 所述HEE向所述第一TEE发送第二扫描参数,其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;所述第二扫描步进小于所述第一扫描步进,和/或所述第二扫描范围小于所述第一扫描范围;The HEE sends a second scan parameter to the first TEE, wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step And/or the second scan range is smaller than the first scan range; 所述HEE接收所述第一TEE以所述第二扫描参数发送的第二扫描光信号; The HEE receives a second scan optical signal sent by the first TEE with the second scan parameter; 所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。When the HEE determines that the first TEE scans within the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal reaches an amplitude at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. Maximum value. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein said HEE determines that said first TEE scans said second scan range, said second scan optical signal corresponds to said second electrical signal at said The amplitude of the first pilot frequency corresponding to a TEE reaches a maximum value, including: 所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内完成一次扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;When the HEE determines that the first TEE completes one scan in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE. Maximum amplitude; 所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Determining, by the HEE, that the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scanning optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE when the first TEE performs a second scanning in the second scanning range. The amplitude at which the maximum is reached. 如权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 3 or 4, wherein the method further comprises: 所述HEE将经过波长校准具的所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第三电信号;The HEE obtains a third electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device; 所述HEE获取所述第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号;The HEE acquires the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; 所述HEE根据所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号确定波长偏差信息;The HEE determines wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal; 所述HEE将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The HEE transmits the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE to enable the first TEE to adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information. 如权利要求3-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 3-5, wherein the method further comprises: 所述HEE获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第二电信号对应的所述第二扫描光信号的光功率;And obtaining, by the HEE, an optical power of the second scanning optical signal corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; 所述HEE确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;Determining, by the HEE, a target received optical power, wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and a minimum transmission optical power and a maximum uplink of the first TEE. Link loss, difference between the HEE received optical power detection error; 所述HEE根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信 息;The HEE determines a power adjustment signal according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power interest; 所述HEE将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The HEE sends the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述头端设备HEE向n个尾端设备TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the head end device HEE sends the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start scan command to the n tail end devices TEE, respectively, including: 所述HEE通过控制信息信道CIC向所述n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令。The HEE sends a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n TEEs through the control information channel CIC. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述HEE通过控制信息信道CIC向所述n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein before the HEE transmits the first pilot parameter, the first scan parameter, and the start of the scan command to the n TEEs through the control information channel CIC, the method further include: 所述HEE使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述CIC。The HEE uses a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to amplitude modulate the intensity of the traffic data optical signal to generate the CIC. 如权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 1-8, wherein the method further comprises: 所述HEE向所述n个TEE分别发送所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围;以使所述n个TEE能够基于所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围确定自身的初始发送光功率。Transmitting, by the HEE, the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE to the n TEEs, respectively, to enable the n TEEs to be based on the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmission of the HEE The optical power range determines its own initial transmitted optical power. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,当存在所述第一TEE时,在向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein, when the first TEE is present, before the sending of the stop scan command to the first TEE, the method further comprises: 所述HEE确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行扫描时,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。Determining, by the HEE, that the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE when the first TEE scans in the first scanning range The amplitude reaches the maximum. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述HEE确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行扫描时,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein said HEE determines that said first electrical signal corresponding to said first scanning optical signal is in said first TEE when said first scanning range is scanned The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches a maximum value, including: 所述HEE确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内完成一次扫描后,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率 处的幅度最大值;Determining, by the HEE, that the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE after the first TEE completes one scan in the first scanning range The maximum amplitude at the location; 所述HEE确定所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,所述第一扫描光信号对应的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Determining, by the HEE, that the first electrical signal corresponding to the first scanning optical signal is at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE, when the first TEE performs a second scanning in the first scanning range. The amplitude at which the maximum is reached. 如权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 10 or 11, wherein the method further comprises: 所述HEE将经过波长校准具的所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第四电信号;The HEE obtains a fourth electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the first scanning optical signal of the wavelength calibration device; 所述HEE获取所述第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号;The HEE acquires the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; 所述HEE根据所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号确定波长偏差信息;The HEE determines wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal; 所述HEE将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The HEE transmits the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE to enable the first TEE to adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information. 如权利要求10-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 10-12, wherein the method further comprises: 所述HEE获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第一电信号对应的所述第一扫描光信号的光功率;And acquiring, by the HEE, an optical power of the first scanning optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value; 所述HEE确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;Determining, by the HEE, a target received optical power, wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and a minimum transmission optical power and a maximum uplink of the first TEE. Link loss, difference between the HEE received optical power detection error; 所述HEE根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Determining, by the HEE, power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power; 所述HEE将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The HEE sends the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在m小于n时,在所述HEE接收所述n个TEE中m个TEE分别以所述第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein, when m is smaller than n, before the HEE receives the first scanning optical signals of the m TEEs of the n TEEs respectively sent by the first scanning parameter, The method further includes: 所述HEE向所述n个TEE分别发送目标波长;其中,所述目标波长为每个TEE最终要调谐至的波长,所述每一个TEE对应的目标波长互不相同; The HEE sends a target wavelength to the n TEEs respectively; wherein the target wavelength is a wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, and the target wavelengths corresponding to each TEE are different from each other; 所述HEE接收n-m个TEE分别发送的所述n-m个TEE各自的上报光信号,所述上报光信号对应各自的第一导频频率,所述上报光信号用于指示所述n-m个TEE具有波长锁定功能;The HEE receives the respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used to indicate the n -m TEEs have a wavelength lock function; 所述HEE根据所述上报光信号向所述n-m个TEE发送扫描停止命令。The HEE sends a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14 wherein the method further comprises: 所述HEE将经过波长校准具的所述上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第一上报电信号;The HEE obtains a first reported electrical signal after performing photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal of the wavelength calibration device; 所述HEE将所上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第二上报电信号;The HEE performs photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal; 所述HEE根据所述第一上报电信号和所述第二上报电信号确定波长偏差信息;Determining, by the HEE, wavelength deviation information according to the first reporting electrical signal and the second reporting electrical signal; 所述HEE将所述波长偏差信息分别发送给对应的TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE能够根据对应的所述波长偏差信息调整所述目标波长。The HEE sends the wavelength deviation information to a corresponding TEE, respectively, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information. 如权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14 or 15, wherein the method further comprises: 所述HEE获取所述上报光信号的光功率;The HEE acquires optical power of the reported optical signal; 所述HEE确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述n-m个TEE中对应的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;Determining, by the HEE, a target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and less than a minimum transmitted light of the n-m TEEs The difference between power and maximum uplink loss, and the HEE received optical power detection error; 所述HEE根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;Determining, by the HEE, power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power; 所述HEE将所述功率调整信息分别发送给所述n-m个TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE根据各自对应的所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The HEE sends the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs respectively, so that the n-m TEEs adjust the transmit optical power according to the corresponding power adjustment information. 如权利要求14-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, wherein the first pilot parameter further comprises a first pilot modulation depth, the method further comprising: 所述HEE向所述n-m个TEE分别发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。 The HEE sends a second pilot parameter and a normal service transmission command to the n-m TEEs, where the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the The first pilot modulation depth. 如权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the first pilot parameter further comprises a first pilot modulation depth, the method further comprising: 所述HEE向所述第一TEE发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。The HEE sends a second pilot parameter and a normal service transmission command to the first TEE; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is smaller than the first pilot Frequency modulation depth. 如权利要求1-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 1 to 18, wherein the method further comprises: 所述HEE接收所述n个TEE中的第二TEE发送的传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;The HEE receives a transmission request sent by a second TEE of the n TEEs; the transmission request is used to request to report information from the reporting information channel RMC; 所述HEE向所述第二TEE发送确认信息,以指示所述第二TEE通过所述RMC上报信息。The HEE sends an acknowledgement message to the second TEE to instruct the second TEE to report information through the RMC. 一种端口匹配方法,其特征在于,包括:A port matching method, comprising: 尾端设备TEE接收头端设备HEE发送的第一导频参数、第一扫描参数;其中,第一导频参数包括第一导频频率;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;The tail device TEE receives the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter sent by the head device HEE; wherein the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first a scan range; 所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,且所述TEE为不具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第一扫描参数开始发送第一扫描光信号给所述HEE;When the TEE receives the start scan command sent by the HEE, and the TEE is a TEE without a wavelength lock function, the first scan is started according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter. An optical signal to the HEE; 所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,停止波长扫描,保持当前波长不变。When receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops the wavelength scanning and keeps the current wavelength unchanged. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 20, wherein the method further comprises: 所述TEE在根据所述第一导频频率和所述第一扫描参数开始发送扫描光信号给所述HEE的同时,持续检测是否接收到所述HEE发送的第二扫描参数;其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;The TEE continuously detects whether a second scan parameter sent by the HEE is received while transmitting a scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the first scan parameter; wherein The second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; 所述TEE在所述第二扫描参数与所述第一扫描参数不同时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第二扫描参数开始发送第二扫描光信号给所述HEE。And when the second scan parameter is different from the first scan parameter, the TEE starts to send a second scan optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency and the second scan parameter. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,所述方法还包括: The method of claim 20, wherein when the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength locking function, the method further comprises: 所述TEE接收所述HEE发送的目标波长;Receiving, by the TEE, a target wavelength sent by the HEE; 所述TEE将自身的发送波长调谐至所述目标波长;The TEE tunes its own transmission wavelength to the target wavelength; 所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,根据所述第一导频频率向所述HEE发送上报光信号;其中,所述上报光信号用于指示所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE;The TEE sends a report optical signal to the HEE according to the first pilot frequency when receiving the start scan command sent by the HEE; wherein the reported optical signal is used to indicate that the TEE has a wavelength lock Functional TEE; 所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,停止发送所述上报光信号,并保持当前波长不变。When receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops transmitting the reported optical signal and keeps the current wavelength unchanged. 如权利要求20-22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 20-22, wherein the method further comprises: 所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的波长偏差信息或功率调整信息后,根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长,或根据所述功率调整信息调整所述TEE的发送光功率。After receiving the wavelength deviation information or the power adjustment information sent by the HEE, the TEE adjusts the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information, or adjusts the transmit optical power of the TEE according to the power adjustment information. 如权利要求20-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein before receiving the start scan command of the HEE transmission, the method further comprises: 所述TEE接收所述HEE发送的初始功率调整信息;Receiving, by the TEE, initial power adjustment information sent by the HEE; 所述TEE根据所述初始功率调整信息确定所述TEE的初始发送光功率。The TEE determines an initial transmit optical power of the TEE according to the initial power adjustment information. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率,所述TEE根据所述初始功率调整信息确定所述TEE的初始发送光功率,包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the initial power adjustment information is the transmission optical power of the HEE, and the TEE determines the initial transmission optical power of the TEE according to the initial power adjustment information, including: 所述TEE根据所述发送光功率和所述TEE的接收光功率确定链路损耗;Determining, by the TEE, a link loss according to the transmit optical power and the received optical power of the TEE; 所述TEE确定所述初始发送光功率为不小于所述TEE的扫描光信号到达所述HEE的最小光功率、所述链路损耗以及功率余量的三者之和的值。The TEE determines that the initial transmitted optical power is a value that is not less than a sum of a minimum optical power, a link loss, and a power margin of the scanning optical signal of the TEE reaching the HEE. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率范围,所述TEE根据所述初始功率调整信息确定所述TEE的初始发送光功率,包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the initial power adjustment information is a transmission optical power range of the HEE, and the TEE determines an initial transmission optical power of the TEE according to the initial power adjustment information, including : 所述TEE确定所述HEE的发送光功率范围内的任一发送光功率为所述初始发送光功率。The TEE determines that any of the transmit optical powers within the transmit optical power range of the HEE is the initial transmit optical power. 如权利要求20-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括: The method of any of claims 20-26, wherein the method further comprises: 所述TEE向所述HEE发送传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;The TEE sends a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used to request reporting information from the reporting information channel RMC; 所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的确认信息之后,通过所述RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。After receiving the acknowledgement information sent by the HEE, the TEE sends the report information to the HEE through the RMC. 如权利要求20-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 20-26, wherein the method further comprises: 所述TEE通过报告信息信道RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。The TEE sends the report information to the HEE by reporting the information channel RMC. 如权利要求27或28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 27 or 28, wherein the method further comprises: 所述TEE使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述RMC。The TEE uses a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to amplitude modulate the intensity of the traffic data optical signal to generate the RMC. 如权利要求20-29任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,在所述停止波长扫描之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20 to 29, wherein the first pilot parameter further comprises a first pilot modulation depth, and after the stopping wavelength scanning, the method further comprises: 当所述TEE接收到所述HEE发送的第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令后,开始发送正常业务光信号并按照所述第二导频参数持续产生相应导频信号;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频调制深度,所述第二导频调制深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。After receiving the second pilot parameter and the normal service sending command sent by the HEE, the TEE starts to send a normal service optical signal and continuously generates a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter; The second pilot parameter includes a second pilot modulation depth, the second pilot modulation depth being less than the first pilot modulation depth. 如权利要求20-30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述TEE在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20 to 30, wherein before the TEE receives the start scan command of the HEE transmission, the method further comprises: 所述TEE根据所述第一导频参数、所述第一扫描参数对所述TEE进行参数配置;The TEE performs parameter configuration on the TEE according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter; 当所述TEE接收到所述HEE发送的关闭命令时,停止参数配置过程并将之前的配置清零。When the TEE receives the shutdown command sent by the HEE, the parameter configuration process is stopped and the previous configuration is cleared. 如权利要求20-31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 20-31, wherein the method further comprises: 在所述停止波长扫描的过程中,当所述TEE接收到所述HEE发送的异常命令时,所述TEE停止发送所述第一扫描光信号并接收所述HEE发送的新的调谐信息以及新的开始扫描命令,并按照所述新的调谐信息发送新的扫描光信号给所述HEE;所述调谐信息包括导频参数和扫描参数;所述异常命令包括目标波长、导频参数、功率初始化命令以及开始扫描命令中的任意一个或 任意组合。In the process of stopping the wavelength scanning, when the TEE receives the abnormal command sent by the HEE, the TEE stops transmitting the first scanning optical signal and receives new tuning information sent by the HEE and new Starting a scan command and transmitting a new scan optical signal to the HEE according to the new tuning information; the tuning information includes a pilot parameter and a scan parameter; the abnormal command includes a target wavelength, a pilot parameter, and a power initialization Command and any one of the start scan commands or random combination. 一种头端设备HEE,其特征在于,包括:A head end device HEE, comprising: 光发送器,用于向n个尾端设备TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令;所述第一导频参数包括第一导频频率,每一个TEE对应的第一导频频率互不相同;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;n为正整数;An optical transmitter, configured to separately send a first pilot parameter, a first scan parameter, and a start scan command to the n tail end devices TEE; the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency, and each TEE corresponds to a first One pilot frequency is different from each other; the first scan parameter includes a first scan step and a first scan range; n is a positive integer; 波长锁定单元,用于接收所述n个TEE中m个TEE分别以所述第一扫描参数发送的第一扫描光信号;其中,所述m个TEE中每个TEE发送的第一扫描光信号包含所述每个TEE的第一导频频率的信息;m为小于或等于n的正整数;并根据所述第一扫描光信号确定是否有第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配;a wavelength locking unit, configured to receive a first scanning optical signal that is sent by each of the n TEEs by the first scanning parameter, where the first scanning optical signal sent by each of the m TEEs The information includes a first pilot frequency of each of the TEEs; m is a positive integer less than or equal to n; and determining, according to the first scanning optical signal, whether a transmitting optical wavelength of the first TEE matches a target wavelength channel; 控制器,用于当存在所述第一TEE时,控制所述光发送器向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令。And a controller, configured to, when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send a stop scan command to the first TEE. 如权利要求33所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述波长锁定单元包括第一光电转换器件和处理电路,A head end device HEE according to claim 33, wherein said wavelength locking unit comprises a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit, 所述第一光电转换器件用于对所述第一扫描信号进行处理,获得第一电信号;The first photoelectric conversion device is configured to process the first scan signal to obtain a first electrical signal; 所述处理电路用于确定所述第一电信号在与所述每个TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度值是否超过预设阈值;其中,当有幅度值超过所述预设阈值时,表示存在第一TEE的发送光波长与目标波长通道匹配,并且幅度值超过所述预设值处的第一导频频率对应的TEE为所述第一TEE。The processing circuit is configured to determine whether an amplitude value of the first electrical signal at a first pilot frequency corresponding to each TEE exceeds a preset threshold; wherein, when an amplitude value exceeds the preset threshold And indicating that the transmitting light wavelength of the first TEE is matched with the target wavelength channel, and the TEE corresponding to the first pilot frequency whose amplitude value exceeds the preset value is the first TEE. 如权利要求34所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,A head end device HEE according to claim 34, wherein 所述控制单元还用于:当存在所述第一TEE时,在控制所述光发送器向所述第一TEE发送停止扫描命令之前,控制所述光发送器向所述第一TEE发送第二扫描参数,其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;所述第二扫描步进小于所述第一扫描步进,和/或所述第二扫描范围小于所述第一扫描范围; The control unit is further configured to: when the first TEE is present, control the optical transmitter to send the first TEE to the first TEE before controlling the optical transmitter to send a stop scan command to the first TEE a second scan parameter, wherein the second scan parameter comprises a second scan step and a second scan range; the second scan step is smaller than the first scan step, and/or the second scan range is smaller than The first scan range; 所述第一光电转换器件还用于接收所述第一TEE以所述第二扫描参数发送的第二扫描光信号;The first photoelectric conversion device is further configured to receive a second scan light signal sent by the first TEE by the second scan parameter; 所述处理电路还用于确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内扫描时,所述第二扫描光信号对应的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。The processing circuit is further configured to: when the first TEE is scanned in the second scan range, the second electrical signal corresponding to the second scan optical signal is at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE The amplitude is at its maximum. 如权利要求35所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述处理电路用于:A head end device HEE according to claim 35, wherein said processing circuit is operative to: 确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内完成一次扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;并确定所述第一TEE在所述第二扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。Determining that when the first TEE completes one scan in the second scanning range, the second electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the second scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device is in the first TEE a maximum amplitude at a corresponding first pilot frequency; and determining that the second TEE is performed by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE performs a second scan within the second scan range The amplitude of the second electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the signal at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches the maximum value. 如权利要求35或36所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述波长锁定单元还包括波长校准具和第二光电转换器件,A head end device HEE according to claim 35 or 36, wherein said wavelength locking unit further comprises a wavelength aligning device and a second photoelectric conversion device, 所述第二光电转换器件用于将经过所述波长校准具的所述第二扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第三电信号;The second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the second scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a third electrical signal; 所述处理电路还用于:获取所述第二电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号;根据所述第三电信号和所述第二电信号确定波长偏差信息;The processing circuit is further configured to: acquire the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal when the amplitude of the second electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE a signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the third electrical signal and the second electrical signal; 所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information. 如权利要求35-37任一项所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述处理电路还用于:获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第二电信号对应的所述第二扫描光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率 检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;The head end device HEE according to any one of claims 35 to 37, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to: acquire the second corresponding to the second electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value And scanning the optical power of the optical signal; determining the target received optical power; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and a minimum transmission light smaller than the first TEE Power and maximum uplink loss, the HEE received optical power Detecting a difference in error; determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power; 所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information. 如权利要求33-38任一项所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述控制器所述光发送器通过控制信息信道CIC向所述n个TEE分别发送第一导频参数、第一扫描参数以及开始扫描命令。The head end device HEE according to any one of claims 33 to 38, wherein the optical transmitter of the controller separately transmits a first pilot parameter to the n TEEs through a control information channel CIC, A scan parameter and a start scan command. 如权利要求39所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述HEE还包括调制驱动器,用于使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述CIC。A headend device HEE according to claim 39, wherein said HEE further comprises a modulation driver for amplitude modulating the intensity of the traffic data optical signal using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to generate said CIC. 如权利要求33-40任一项所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器向所述n个TEE分别发送所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围;以使所述n个TEE能够基于所述HEE的发送光功率或所述HEE的发送光功率范围确定自身的初始发送光功率。The head end device HEE according to any one of claims 33 to 40, wherein the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the transmit optical power of the HEE to the n TEEs Or a transmission optical power range of the HEE; to enable the n TEEs to determine their own initial transmit optical power based on the transmit optical power of the HEE or the transmit optical power range of the HEE. 如权利要求33所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述波长锁定单元还包括第一光电转换器件和处理电路,A head end device HEE according to claim 33, wherein said wavelength locking unit further comprises a first photoelectric conversion device and a processing circuit, 所述处理电路用于确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到最大值。The processing circuit is configured to determine a first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device when the first TEE scans within the first scanning range The amplitude at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches a maximum value. 如权利要求42所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述处理电路用于:确定在所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内完成一次扫描后,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度最大值;确定所述第一TEE在所述第一扫描范围内进行第二次扫描时,经所述第一光电转换器件对所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换得到的第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值。The head end device HEE according to claim 42, wherein said processing circuit is configured to: determine that said first photoelectric conversion is performed after said first TEE completes one scan within said first scanning range a maximum value of a first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scan optical signal by the device at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE; determining that the first TEE is in the first scan range When the second scan is performed, the amplitude of the first electrical signal obtained by photoelectrically converting the first scanning optical signal by the first photoelectric conversion device at the first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE reaches The maximum value. 如权利要求42或43所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述波长 锁定单元还包括波长校准具和第二光电转换器件,A head end device HEE according to claim 42 or 43, wherein said wavelength The locking unit further includes a wavelength aligning tool and a second photoelectric conversion device, 所述第二光电转换器件用于将经过所述波长校准具的所述第一扫描光信号进行光电转换之后得到第四电信号;The second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion after the first scanning optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration device to obtain a fourth electrical signal; 所述处理单元还用于:获取所述第一电信号在所述第一TEE对应的第一导频频率处的幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号;根据所述第四电信号和所述第一电信号确定波长偏差信息;The processing unit is further configured to: acquire the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal when the amplitude of the first electrical signal reaches the maximum value at a first pilot frequency corresponding to the first TEE a signal; determining wavelength deviation information according to the fourth electrical signal and the first electrical signal; 所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述波长偏差信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE能够根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the wavelength deviation information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE can adjust the current wavelength according to the wavelength deviation information. 如权利要求43或44所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述处理电路还用于:获取幅度达到所述最大值时的所述第一电信号对应的所述第一扫描光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述第一TEE的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;The head end device HEE according to claim 43 or 44, wherein the processing circuit is further configured to: acquire the first scanning optical signal corresponding to the first electrical signal when the amplitude reaches the maximum value The optical power of the target is determined; wherein the target received optical power is greater than a sum of a receiving sensitivity of a normal transmission of the service data and an equivalent power cost of the transmission link, and a minimum transmission optical power and a maximum of the first TEE. The difference between the uplink loss and the HEE received optical power detection error; determining the power adjustment information according to the difference between the optical power and the target received optical power; 所述控制器还用于;控制所述光发送器将所述功率调整信息发送给所述第一TEE,以使所述第一TEE根据所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send the power adjustment information to the first TEE, so that the first TEE adjusts the transmit optical power according to the power adjustment information. 如权利要求33所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,在m小于n时,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器向所述n个TEE分别发送目标波长;其中,所述目标波长为每个TEE最终要调谐至的波长,所述每一个TEE对应的目标波长互不相同;The head end device HEE according to claim 33, wherein, when m is smaller than n, the controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately transmit a target wavelength to the n TEEs; The target wavelength is the wavelength to which each TEE is to be tuned, and the target wavelengths corresponding to each TEE are different from each other; 所述波长锁定单元用于接收n-m个TEE分别发送的所述n-m个TEE各自的上报光信号,所述上报光信号对应各自的第一导频频率,所述上报光信号用于指示所述n-m个TEE具有波长锁定功能;The wavelength locking unit is configured to receive respective reported optical signals of the n-m TEEs respectively sent by the n-m TEEs, where the reported optical signals correspond to respective first pilot frequencies, and the reported optical signals are used for Instructing the n-m TEEs to have a wavelength locking function; 所述控制器还用于根据所述上报光信号控制所述光发送器向所述n-m个TEE发送扫描停止命令。The controller is further configured to control the optical transmitter to send a scan stop command to the n-m TEEs according to the reported optical signal. 如权利要求46所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述波长锁定单元包括波长校准具、第一光电转换器件、第二光电转换器件和处理电路, The head end device HEE according to claim 46, wherein said wavelength locking unit comprises a wavelength aligning tool, a first photoelectric conversion device, a second photoelectric conversion device, and a processing circuit, 所述第二光电转换器件用于将经过所述波长校准具的所述上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第一上报电信号;The second photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal passing through the wavelength calibration tool to obtain a first reported electrical signal; 所述第一光电转换器件用于将所上报光信号进行光电转换之后得到第二上报电信号;The first photoelectric conversion device is configured to perform photoelectric conversion on the reported optical signal to obtain a second reported electrical signal; 所述处理电路用于根据所述第一上报电信号和所述第二上报电信号确定波长偏差信息;The processing circuit is configured to determine wavelength deviation information according to the first reporting electrical signal and the second reporting electrical signal; 所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述波长偏差信息分别发送给对应的TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE能够根据对应的所述波长偏差信息调整所述目标波长。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the wavelength deviation information to a corresponding TEE, so that the n-m TEEs can adjust the target wavelength according to the corresponding wavelength deviation information. . 如权利要求46或47所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述波长锁定单元还用于:获取所述上报光信号的光功率;确定目标接收光功率;其中,所述目标接收光功率大于业务数据正常传输的接收灵敏度与传输链路等效功率代价之和、小于所述n-m个TEE中对应的最小发送光功率与最大上行链路损耗、所述HEE接收光功率检测误差之差;根据所述光功率和所述目标接收光功率的差值确定功率调整信息;The head end device HEE according to claim 46 or 47, wherein the wavelength locking unit is further configured to: acquire optical power of the reported optical signal; determine target received optical power; wherein the target receives light The power is greater than the sum of the receiving sensitivity of the normal transmission of the service data and the equivalent power cost of the transmission link, less than the minimum transmitted optical power and the maximum uplink loss in the n-m TEEs, and the detection error of the HEE receiving optical power. a difference; determining power adjustment information according to a difference between the optical power and the target received optical power; 所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器将所述功率调整信息分别发送给所述n-m个TEE,以使所述n-m个TEE根据各自对应的所述功率调整信息调整发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to separately send the power adjustment information to the n-m TEEs, so that the n-m TEEs are adjusted according to the corresponding power adjustment information Send optical power. 如权利要求46-48任一项所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光收发器向所述n-m个TEE分别发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。The head end device HEE according to any one of claims 46 to 48, wherein the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver Transmitting a second pilot parameter and a normal service transmission command to the n-m TEEs, where the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is smaller than the first Pilot modulation depth. 如权利要求33-45任一项所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述控制器还用于:控制所述光收发器向所述第一TEE发送第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频深度;所述第二导频深度小于所述第一导频调制深 度。The head end device HEE according to any one of claims 33 to 45, wherein the first pilot parameter further includes a first pilot modulation depth, and the controller is further configured to: control the optical transceiver Transmitting a second pilot parameter and a normal service transmission command to the first TEE; wherein the second pilot parameter includes a second pilot depth; the second pilot depth is less than the first pilot modulation Deep degree. 如权利要求33-50任一项所述的头端设备HEE,其特征在于,所述HEE还包括光接收器,用于接收所述n个TEE中的第二TEE发送的传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;The head end device HEE according to any one of claims 33 to 50, wherein the HEE further comprises an optical receiver, configured to receive a transmission request sent by a second one of the n TEEs; The transmission request is used to request to report information from the report information channel RMC; 所述控制器还用于:控制所述光发送器向所述第二TEE发送确认信息,以指示所述第二TEE通过所述RMC上报信息。The controller is further configured to: control the optical transmitter to send an acknowledgement message to the second TEE, to indicate that the second TEE reports information by using the RMC. 一种尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,包括:A tail end device TEE, comprising: 光接收器,用于接收头端设备HEE发送的第一导频参数、第一扫描参数;其中,第一导频参数包括第一导频频率;所述第一扫描参数包括第一扫描步进和第一扫描范围;An optical receiver, configured to receive a first pilot parameter and a first scan parameter sent by the head end device HEE; wherein the first pilot parameter includes a first pilot frequency; and the first scan parameter includes a first scan step And the first scan range; 光发送器,用于在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,且所述TEE为不具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第一扫描参数开始发送第一扫描光信号给所述HEE;An optical transmitter, configured to start sending according to the first pilot frequency and the first scanning parameter when receiving a start scan command sent by the HEE, and the TEE is a TEE having no wavelength locking function a first scanning optical signal to the HEE; 控制器,用于在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,控制所述光收发器停止波长扫描,保持当前波长不变。And a controller, configured to control the optical transceiver to stop wavelength scanning when receiving the stop scan command sent by the HEE, and keep the current wavelength unchanged. 如权利要求52所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述控制器还用于:在所述光发送器发送扫描光信号给所述HEE的同时,通过所述光接收器持续检测是否接收到所述HEE发送的第二扫描参数;其中,所述第二扫描参数包括第二扫描步进和第二扫描范围;在所述第二扫描参数与所述第一扫描参数不同时,根据所述第一导频频率和所述第二扫描参数控制所述光发送器发送第二扫描光信号给所述HEE。The tail end device TEE according to claim 52, wherein the controller is further configured to: when the optical transmitter transmits the scanning optical signal to the HEE, continuously detect whether the optical receiver continuously detects Receiving a second scan parameter sent by the HEE; wherein the second scan parameter includes a second scan step and a second scan range; when the second scan parameter is different from the first scan parameter, according to The first pilot frequency and the second scan parameter control the optical transmitter to transmit a second scan optical signal to the HEE. 如权利要求52所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,当所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE时,所述光接收器还用于:接收所述HEE发送的目标波长;The tail end device TEE according to claim 52, wherein when the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength locking function, the optical receiver is further configured to: receive a target wavelength of the HEE transmission; 所述控制器用于控制所述光发送器将所述光发送器的发送波长调谐至所述目标波长;The controller is configured to control the optical transmitter to tune a transmission wavelength of the optical transmitter to the target wavelength; 所述控制器还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令时,根据所 述第一导频频率通过所述光发送器向所述HEE发送上报光信号;其中,所述上报光信号用于指示所述TEE为具有波长锁定功能的TEE;在接收到所述HEE发送的停止扫描命令时,控制所述光发送器停止发送所述上报光信号,并保持当前波长不变。The controller is further configured to: when receiving the start scan command sent by the HEE, according to the Transmitting, by the optical transmitter, the report optical signal to the HEE by the optical transmitter; wherein the reported optical signal is used to indicate that the TEE is a TEE having a wavelength locking function; and when the HEE transmission is received When the scan command is stopped, the optical transmitter is controlled to stop transmitting the reported optical signal and keep the current wavelength unchanged. 如权利要求52-54任一项所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述控制器还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的波长偏差信息或功率调整信息后,根据所述波长偏差信息调整所述当前波长,或根据所述功率调整信息调整所述光发送器的发送光功率。The tail end device TEE according to any one of claims 52-54, wherein the controller is further configured to: after receiving the wavelength deviation information or power adjustment information sent by the HEE, according to the wavelength The deviation information adjusts the current wavelength, or adjusts the transmitted optical power of the optical transmitter according to the power adjustment information. 如权利要求52-55任一项所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述光接收器还用于:在接收到所述HEE发送的开始扫描命令之前,接收所述HEE发送的初始功率调整信息;The tail end device TEE according to any one of claims 52 to 55, wherein the optical receiver is further configured to: receive an initial of the HEE transmission before receiving a start scan command of the HEE transmission Power adjustment information; 所述控制器还用于:根据所述初始功率调整信息确定所述光发送器的初始发送光功率。The controller is further configured to: determine an initial transmit optical power of the optical transmitter according to the initial power adjustment information. 如权利要求56所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率,所述控制器用于,根据所述发送光功率和所述TEE的接收光功率确定链路损耗;确定所述初始发送光功率为不小于所述TEE的扫描光信号到达所述HEE的最小光功率、所述链路损耗以及功率余量的三者之和的值。The tail end device TEE according to claim 56, wherein said initial power adjustment information is a transmission optical power of said HEE, and said controller is configured to receive light according to said transmission optical power and said TEE The power determines the link loss; determining that the initial transmitted optical power is a value that is not less than a sum of three of a minimum optical power, a link loss, and a power headroom of the scanning optical signal of the TEE reaching the HEE. 如权利要求56所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述初始功率调整信息为所述HEE的发送光功率范围,所述控制器用于:所述TEE确定所述HEE的发送光功率范围内的任一发送光功率为所述初始发送光功率。The tail end device TEE according to claim 56, wherein the initial power adjustment information is a transmission optical power range of the HEE, and the controller is configured to: determine, by the TEE, a range of transmission optical power of the HEE Any of the transmitted optical powers within the transmission is the initial transmitted optical power. 如权利要求52-58任一项所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述控制器还用于:通过所述光发送器向所述HEE发送传输请求;所述传输请求用于请求从报告信息信道RMC上报信息;并在接收到所述HEE发送的确认信息之后,通过所述RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。The tail end device TEE according to any one of claims 52 to 58, wherein the controller is further configured to: send, by the optical transmitter, a transmission request to the HEE; the transmission request is used for a request And reporting the information from the report information channel RMC; and after receiving the acknowledgement information sent by the HEE, sending the report information to the HEE through the RMC. 如权利要求52-58任一项所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述控制器还用于:通过报告信息信道RMC向所述HEE发送上报信息。 The tail end device TEE according to any one of claims 52 to 58, wherein the controller is further configured to: send the report information to the HEE by using a report information channel RMC. 如权利要求59或60所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述TEE还包括调制驱动器,用于使用一个低频、低调制深度的信号对业务数据光信号的强度进行幅度调制生成所述RMC。A tail end device TEE according to claim 59 or 60, wherein said TEE further comprises a modulation driver for amplitude modulating the intensity of the traffic data optical signal using a low frequency, low modulation depth signal to generate said RMC. 如权利要求52-61任一项所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述第一导频参数还包括第一导频调制深度,所述控制器还用于:当接收到所述HEE发送的第二导频参数和正常业务发送命令后,控制所述光发送器开始发送正常业务光信号并按照所述第二导频参数持续产生相应导频信号;其中,所述第二导频参数包括第二导频调制深度,所述第二导频调制深度小于所述第一导频调制深度。The tail end device TEE according to any one of claims 52 to 61, wherein the first pilot parameter further comprises a first pilot modulation depth, and the controller is further configured to: when receiving the After the second pilot parameter sent by the HEE and the normal service sending command, the optical transmitter starts to send a normal service optical signal and continuously generates a corresponding pilot signal according to the second pilot parameter; wherein the second guide The frequency parameter includes a second pilot modulation depth, the second pilot modulation depth being less than the first pilot modulation depth. 如权利要求52-62任一项所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述控制器还用于根据所述第一导频参数、所述第一扫描参数对所述光发送器进行参数配置;并当所述光接收器接收到所述HEE发送的关闭命令时,停止参数配置过程并将之前的配置清零。The tail end device TEE according to any one of claims 52 to 62, wherein the controller is further configured to perform the optical transmitter according to the first pilot parameter and the first scan parameter. Parameter configuration; and when the optical receiver receives the shutdown command sent by the HEE, stops the parameter configuration process and clears the previous configuration. 如权利要求52-63任一项所述的尾端设备TEE,其特征在于,所述光接收器还用于:在所述停止波长扫描的过程中,当接收到所述HEE发送的异常命令时,所述控制器控制所述光发送器停止发送所述第一扫描光信号,并控制所述光接收器接收所述HEE发送的新的调谐信息以及新的开始扫描命令;所述光发送器还用于:按照所述新的调谐信息发送新的扫描光信号给所述HEE;所述调谐信息包括导频参数和扫描参数;所述异常命令包括目标波长、导频参数、功率初始化命令以及开始扫描命令中的任意一个或任意组合。 The tail end device TEE according to any one of claims 52 to 63, wherein the optical receiver is further configured to: when the stop wavelength scanning is received, receive an abnormal command sent by the HEE And controlling, by the controller, the optical transmitter to stop transmitting the first scanning optical signal, and controlling the optical receiver to receive new tuning information sent by the HEE and a new start scanning command; The device is further configured to: send a new scan optical signal to the HEE according to the new tuning information; the tuning information includes a pilot parameter and a scan parameter; and the abnormal command includes a target wavelength, a pilot parameter, and a power initialization command. And any one or any combination of the start scan commands.
PCT/CN2015/090198 2015-09-21 2015-09-21 Port matching method and apparatus Ceased WO2017049444A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/090198 WO2017049444A1 (en) 2015-09-21 2015-09-21 Port matching method and apparatus
CN201580083064.5A CN108028715B (en) 2015-09-21 2015-09-21 A kind of port matching method and device
CN201910414747.4A CN110224781B (en) 2015-09-21 2015-09-21 Port matching method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/090198 WO2017049444A1 (en) 2015-09-21 2015-09-21 Port matching method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017049444A1 true WO2017049444A1 (en) 2017-03-30

Family

ID=58385491

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/090198 Ceased WO2017049444A1 (en) 2015-09-21 2015-09-21 Port matching method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN110224781B (en)
WO (1) WO2017049444A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108920989A (en) * 2018-06-29 2018-11-30 北京润科通用技术有限公司 A kind of parameter determination method and system
CN109286445A (en) * 2018-10-23 2019-01-29 北京见合八方科技发展有限公司 The method of Remote configuration wavelength and the HEE device that Remote configuration wavelength can be carried out
CN112217594A (en) * 2019-07-12 2021-01-12 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A management control method and device for a new fronthaul network

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110224781B (en) * 2015-09-21 2020-09-25 华为技术有限公司 Port matching method and device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101159507A (en) * 2006-08-25 2008-04-09 日本电气株式会社 Optical communication system, optical communication device and optical communication method thereof
CN102396174A (en) * 2009-10-14 2012-03-28 华为技术有限公司 Wavelength locker for synchronously controlling multiple DWDM optical transmitters
CN102742184A (en) * 2011-12-07 2012-10-17 华为技术有限公司 Optical fiber link detection method, optical line terminal and passive optical network system
US20130004174A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Link setup method for wavelength division multiplexing wavelength passive optical network(wdm pon) system
CN104272619A (en) * 2012-04-24 2015-01-07 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Method for split spectrum signalling in an optical network

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3850858B2 (en) * 2003-04-15 2006-11-29 富士通株式会社 Optical transmission equipment
CN102377485B (en) * 2011-10-17 2014-08-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for demodulating pilot-tone modulation signals
EP2992632B1 (en) * 2013-05-03 2020-01-01 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Method and management node for deciding ports suitable to be communicatively connected to each other in a communications network
CN104836109B (en) * 2015-05-12 2018-05-18 深圳市伽蓝特科技有限公司 A kind of scanning light source wave-length coverage locking device
CN110224781B (en) * 2015-09-21 2020-09-25 华为技术有限公司 Port matching method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101159507A (en) * 2006-08-25 2008-04-09 日本电气株式会社 Optical communication system, optical communication device and optical communication method thereof
CN102396174A (en) * 2009-10-14 2012-03-28 华为技术有限公司 Wavelength locker for synchronously controlling multiple DWDM optical transmitters
US20130004174A1 (en) * 2011-06-30 2013-01-03 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Link setup method for wavelength division multiplexing wavelength passive optical network(wdm pon) system
CN102742184A (en) * 2011-12-07 2012-10-17 华为技术有限公司 Optical fiber link detection method, optical line terminal and passive optical network system
CN104272619A (en) * 2012-04-24 2015-01-07 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Method for split spectrum signalling in an optical network

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108920989A (en) * 2018-06-29 2018-11-30 北京润科通用技术有限公司 A kind of parameter determination method and system
CN109286445A (en) * 2018-10-23 2019-01-29 北京见合八方科技发展有限公司 The method of Remote configuration wavelength and the HEE device that Remote configuration wavelength can be carried out
CN109286445B (en) * 2018-10-23 2021-05-25 北京见合八方科技发展有限公司 Method for remotely configuring wavelength and HEE device capable of remotely configuring wavelength
CN112217594A (en) * 2019-07-12 2021-01-12 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A management control method and device for a new fronthaul network

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN110224781A (en) 2019-09-10
CN110224781B (en) 2020-09-25
CN108028715B (en) 2019-05-21
CN108028715A (en) 2018-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10797799B2 (en) Optical transmission apparatus, optical transmission system, and optical transmission method
US10903932B2 (en) Method and apparatus for hardware-configured network
US10826618B2 (en) Tuning optoelectronic transceivers in optical network
US9294215B2 (en) Method of operating an optical network element and optical network element
US9998214B2 (en) Optical time domain reflectometer implementation apparatus and system
US9621261B2 (en) Method and arrangement for channel set up in an optical WDM-network
US8989592B2 (en) Optical fiber transmission system
US11095372B2 (en) Optical communication apparatus, wavelength calibration method, and program
WO2017049444A1 (en) Port matching method and apparatus
US9344213B2 (en) Method for tuning a tunable optical transmitter in an optical WDM transmission system and corresponding optical WDM transmission system
US20240022346A1 (en) Optical transceiver and method for automatically setting wavelength thereof
CN105763282B (en) A kind of wavelength control method and its device of adjustable ONU in PON system
CN105577265A (en) Calibration method for uplink wavelength channel of PON (Passive Optical Network) system and ONU (Optical Network Unit)
WO2017185300A1 (en) Optical transceiving apparatus, and wavelength control system and method
EP3114778A1 (en) Transevier and method for monitoring of scm transmission on fibre cable
WO2019079138A1 (en) Method and apparatus for hardware-configured network
JP5942751B2 (en) Station side apparatus and optical communication network system for WDM / TDM-PON system
JP3246930B2 (en) Optical frequency stabilization method
CN111108703B (en) Method for detecting wavelength deviation and sink node
Eiselt et al. Optical technologies in support of 5G

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15904332

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15904332

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1